Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
01 Specification SEN02162-00
Specification and technical data SEN02163-00
40 Troubleshooting SEN02177-01
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN02756-01 q
General information on troubleshooting SEN02757-01 q
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 SEN02758-01 q
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 SEN02759-01 q
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3 SEN02760-00
2 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
D275A-5R 3
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
Table of contents 1
00 Index and foreword
Index SEN02160-04
Composition of shop manual....................................................................................................... 2
Table of contents ......................................................................................................................... 4
01 Specification
Specification and technical data SEN02163-00
Specefication dimension drawings .............................................................................................. 2
Specifications .............................................................................................................................. 3
Weight table ................................................................................................................................ 9
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants ............................................................................................ 11
4 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
D275A-5R 5
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
6 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN02756-01
Failure codes table ...................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations ............................................................................................................................. 10
General information on troubleshooting SEN02757-01
Points to remember when troubleshooting.................................................................................. 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 4
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting ...................................................................... 5
Contents of troubleshooting table................................................................................................ 8
Connection table for connector pin numbers .............................................................................. 10
T-branch box and T-branch adapter table ................................................................................... 46
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 SEN02758-01
Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch dual engagement .................................................... 3
Failure code [15SAL1] Forward clutch oil pressure 1 ................................................................. 4
Failure code [15SALH] Forward clutch oil pressure 2................................................................. 6
Failure code [15SBL1] Reverse clutch oil pressure 1 ................................................................. 8
Failure code [15SBLH] Reverse clutch oil pressure 2................................................................. 10
Failure code [15SEL1] 1st clutch oil pressure 1.......................................................................... 12
Failure code [15SELH] 1st clutch oil pressure 2 ......................................................................... 13
Failure code [15SFL1] 2nd clutch oil pressure 1......................................................................... 14
Failure code [15SFLH] 2nd clutch oil pressure 2 ........................................................................ 15
Failure code [15SGL1] 3rd clutch oil pressure 1 ......................................................................... 16
Failure code [15SGLH] 3rd clutch oil pressure 2 ........................................................................ 17
Failure code [2201L1] Right steering clutch oil pressure 1 ......................................................... 18
Failure code [2201LH] Right steering clutch oil pressure 2......................................................... 20
Failure code [2202L1] Left steering clutch oil pressure 1............................................................ 22
Failure code [2202LH] Left steering clutch oil pressure 2 ........................................................... 24
Failure code [2300NR] Brake thermal load ................................................................................. 26
Failure code [2301L1] Right steering brake oil pressure 1.......................................................... 28
Failure code [2301LH] Right steering brake oil pressure 2 ......................................................... 30
Failure code [2301NR] Right steering brake thermal load .......................................................... 32
Failure code [2302L1] Left steering brake oil pressure 1 ............................................................ 34
Failure code [2302LH] Left steering brake oil pressure 2 ........................................................... 36
Failure code [2302NR] Left steering brake thermal load............................................................. 38
Failure code [6001ZK] Failure code for design ........................................................................... 38
Failure code [A000NS] Engine overheat..................................................................................... 39
Failure code [AA10NX] Air cleaner clogging ............................................................................... 40
Failure code [AB00MA] Battery charge abnormal....................................................................... 42
Failure code [B@BAZG] Eng oil press low ................................................................................. 44
Failure code [B@BAZK] Eng oil level low ................................................................................... 45
Failure code [B@BCNS] Eng coolant overheat .......................................................................... 46
Failure code [B@BCZK] Radiator coolant level low.................................................................... 46
Failure code [B@BEBF] Water gets mixed with fuel ................................................................... 47
Failure code [B@BFZK] Fuel level abnormal reduction .............................................................. 47
Failure code [B@CENS] Torque converter oil overheat.............................................................. 48
Failure code [B@CHZG] HSS charge oil pressure reduction ..................................................... 49
Failure code [B@CHZK] Power train oil level reduction.............................................................. 49
Failure code [B@GAZK] Battery electrolyte level reduction........................................................ 50
Failure code [B@HANS] Hyd oil overheat .................................................................................. 50
Failure code [B@HAZK] Hydraulic oil level reduction ................................................................. 51
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 SEN02759-01
Failure code [CA111] EMC critical internal failure ....................................................................... 4
Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup speed sens error ......................................................... 6
Failure code [CA122] Chg air (boost) press sensor high error.................................................... 8
Failure code [CA123] Chg air (boost) press sensor low error ..................................................... 10
Failure code [CA131] Throttle sensor high error ......................................................................... 12
D275A-5R 7
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
8 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
D275A-5R 9
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
10 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
D275A-5R 11
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
12 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
D275A-5R 13
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
14 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02160-04
D275A-5R 15
SEN02160-04 00 Index and foreword
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02160-04
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
16 D275A-5R
SEN02161-02
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
Safety notice 1
(Rev. 2008/02)
Important safety notice
Proper service and repair are extremely important for safe machine operation. The service and repair
techniques recommended by Komatsu and described in this manual are both effective and safe.
Some of these techniques require the use of tools specially designed by Komatsu for the specific
purpose.
To prevent injury to workers, the symbol k is used to mark safety precautions in this manual. The
cautions accompanying these symbols should always be followed carefully. If any dangerous situa-
tion arises or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take the necessary actions to deal with
the situation.
2 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
D275A-5R 3
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
4 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
q If the load is unstable or the wire rope 13) If the hoist stops because of a power fail-
or chains are twisted, lower the load ure, turn the power switch OFF. When
and lift it up again. turning on a switch which was turned OFF
q Do not lift up the load slantingly. by the electric shock prevention earth
13) When lifting down a load, observe the fol- leakage breaker, check that the devices
lowing. related to that switch are not in operation
q When lifting down a load, stop it tem- state.
porarily at 30 cm above the floor, and 14) If you find an obstacle around the hoist,
then lower it slowly. stop the operation.
q Check that the load is stable, and 15) After finishing the work, stop the hoist at
then remove the sling. the specified position and raise the hook
q Remove kinks and dirt from the wire to at least 2 m above the floor. Do not
ropes and chains used for the sling leave the sling installed to the hook.
work, and put them in the specified
place. 7. Selecting wire ropes
1) Select adequate ropes depending on the
5. Precautions for using mobile crane weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to
a Read the Operation and Maintenance the table below.
Manual of the crane carefully in advance
and operate the crane safely. Wire ropes
(Standard “Z” twist ropes without galvanizing)
6. Precautions for using overhead hoist crane (JIS G3525, No. 6, Type 6X37-A)
k When raising a heavy part (heavier Nominal
Allowable load
than 25 kg), use a hoist, etc. In Disas- diameter of rope
sembly and assembly, the weight of a mm kN ton
part heavier than 25 kg is indicated 10 8.8 0.9
after the mark of 4. 12 12.7 1.3
1) Before starting work, inspect the wire 14 17.3 1.7
ropes, brake, clutch, controller, rails, over 16 22.6 2.3
wind stop device, electric shock preven- 18 28.6 2.9
tion earth leakage breaker, crane collision 20 35.3 3.6
prevention device, and power application
25 55.3 5.6
warning lamp, and check safety.
30 79.6 8.1
2) Observe the signs for sling work.
40 141.6 14.4
3) Operate the hoist at a safe place.
4) Check the direction indicator plates (east, 50 221.6 22.6
west, south, and north) and the directions 60 318.3 32.4
of the control buttons without fail.
5) Do not sling a load slantingly. Do not move a The allowable load is one-sixth of the
the crane while the slung load is swinging. breaking strength of the rope used
6) Do not raise or lower a load while the (Safety coefficient: 6).
crane is moving longitudinally or laterally.
7) Do not drag a sling.
8) When lifting up a load, stop it just after it
leaves the ground and check safety, and
then lift it up.
9) Consider the travel route in advance and
lift up a load to a safe height.
10) Place the control switch on a position
where it will not be an obstacle to work
and passage.
11) After operating the hoist, do not swing the
control switch.
12) Remember the position of the main switch
so that you can turn off the power immedi-
ately in an emergency.
D275A-5R 5
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
8. Precautions for disconnecting and con- a Example of O-ring (Fitted to every joint of
necting hoses and tubes in air conditioner hoses and tubes)
circuit
1) Disconnection
k For the environment, the air condi-
tioner of this machine uses the
refrigerant (air conditioner gas:
R134a) which has fewer factors of
the depletion of the ozone layer.
However, it does not mean that you
may discharge the refrigerant into
the atmosphere as it is. Be sure to
recover the refrigerant when dis-
connecting the refrigerant gas cir-
cuit and then reuse it.
a Ask professional traders for collecting a For tightening torque, see the precautions for
and filling operation of refrigerant installation in each section of "Disassembly
(R134a). and assembly".
a Never release the refrigerant (R134a)
to the atmosphere.
k If the refrigerant gas gets in your
eyes or contacts your skin, you
may lose your sight and your skin
may be frozen. Accordingly, put
on safety glasses, safety gloves
and safety clothes when recover-
ing or adding the refrigerant.
Refrigerant gas must be recovered
and added by a qualified person.
2) Connection
1] When installing the air conditioner cir-
cuit hoses and tubes, take care that
dirt, dust, water, etc. will not enter
them.
2] When connecting the air conditioner
hoses and tubes, check that O-rings
(1) are fitted to their joints.
3] Check that each O-ring is not dam-
aged or deteriorated.
4] When connecting the refrigerant pip-
ing, apply compressor oil for refriger-
ant (R134a) (DENSO: ND-OIL8,
VA L E O T H E R M A L S Y S T E M S :
ZXL100PG (equivalent to PAG46))
to its O-rings.
6 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
q Some attachments and optional parts in this shop manual may not be delivered to certain areas. If one
of them is required, consult KOMATSU distributors.
q Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.
q Shop manuals are divided into the “Chassis volume” and “Engine volume”. For the engine unit, see the
engine volume of the engine model mounted on the machine.
01. Specification
This section explains the specifications of the machine.
40. Troubleshooting
This section explains how to find out failed parts and how to repair them. The troubleshooting is
divided by failure modes. The “S mode” of the troubleshooting related to the engine may be also
explained in the Chassis volume and Engine volume. In this case, see the Chassis volume.
90. Diagrams and drawings (chassis volume)/Repair and replacement of parts (engine volume)
q Chassis volume
This section gives hydraulic circuit diagrams and electrical circuit diagrams.
q Engine volume
This section explains the method of reproducing, repairing, and replacing parts.
D275A-5R 7
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
3. Filing method
File by the brochures in the correct order of the form number printed in the shop manual composition
table.
q Revisions
Revised brochures are shown in the shop manual composition table.
4. Symbols
Important safety and quality portions are marked with the following symbols so that the shop manual will
be used practically.
4
Weight of parts of component or parts. Caution necessary when
Weight
selecting hoisting wire, or when working posture is important, etc.
3
Tightening Places that require special attention for tightening torque during
torque assembly.
5
Oil, coolant Places where oil, etc. must be added, and capacity.
6
Drain Places where oil, etc. must be drained, and quantity to be drained.
5. Units
In this shop manual, the units are indicated with International System of units (SI). For reference, con-
ventionally used Gravitational System of units is indicated in parentheses { }.
8 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
Example:
Standard size Tolerance
–0.022
120
–0.126
Example:
Tolerance
Standard size
Shaft Hole
–0.030 +0.046
60
–0.076 +0
D275A-5R 9
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
10 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
D275A-5R 11
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
3) Disconnections in wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are
pulled apart, or components are lifted with
a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping
of the connector may separate, or the sol-
dering may be damaged, or the wiring
may be broken.
12 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
D275A-5R 13
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
2) Connecting connectors
1] Check the connector visually.
Check that there is no oil, dirt, or
water stuck to the connector pins
(mating portion).
Check that there is no deformation,
defective contact, corrosion, or dam-
age to the connector pins.
Check that there is no damage or
breakage to the outside of the con-
nector.
a If there is any oil, water, or dirt
stuck to the connector, wipe it off
with a dry cloth. If any water has
got inside the connector, warm
the inside of the wiring with a
dryer, but be careful not to make
it too hot as this will cause short
circuits.
a If there is any damage or break-
age, replace the connector.
2] Fix the connector securely.
Align the position of the connector
correctly, and then insert it securely.
For connectors with the lock stopper,
push in the connector until the stop-
per clicks into position.
3] Correct any protrusion of the boot and
any misalignment of the wiring har-
ness.
For connectors fitted with boots, cor-
rect any protrusion of the boot. In
addition, if the wiring harness is mis-
aligned, or the clamp is out of posi-
tion, adjust it to its correct position.
a If the connector cannot be cor-
rected easily, remove the clamp
and adjust the position.
q If the connector clamp has been
removed, be sure to return it to
its original position. Check also
that there are no loose clamps.
14 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
3) Heavy duty wire connector (DT 8-pole, 12- q Disconnection q Connection (Example of
pole) incomplete setting of (a))
Disconnection (Left of figure)
While pressing both sides of locks (a)
and (b), pull out female connector (2).
Connection (Right of figure)
1] Push in female connector (2) horizon-
tally until the lock clicks.
Arrow: 1)
2] Since locks (a) and (b) may not be set
completely, push in female connector
(2) while moving it up and down until
the locks are set normally.
Arrow: 1), 2), 3)
a Right of figure: Lock (a) is pulled
down (not set completely) and
lock (b) is set completely.
(1): Male connector
(2): Female connector
(a), (b): Locks
D275A-5R 15
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
16 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
4. Handling controller
1) The controller contains a microcomputer
and electronic control circuits. These con-
trol all of the electronic circuits on the
machine, so be extremely careful when
handling the controller.
2) Do not place objects on top of the control-
ler.
3) Cover the control connectors with tape or
a vinyl bag. Never touch the connector
contacts with your hand.
4) During rainy weather, do not leave the
controller in a place where it is exposed to
rain.
5) Do not place the controller on oil, water, or
soil, or in any hot place, even for a short
time. (Place it on a suitable dry stand).
6) Precautions when carrying out arc welding
When carrying out arc welding on the
body, disconnect all wiring harness con-
nectors connected to the controller. Fit an
arc welding ground close to the welding
point.
D275A-5R 17
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
3. Sealing openings
After any piping or equipment is removed, the
openings should be sealed with caps, tapes, or
vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from
entering. If the opening is left open or is
blocked with a rag, there is danger of dirt
entering or of the surrounding area being
made dirty by leaking oil so never do this. Do
not simply drain oil out onto the ground, but
collect it and ask the customer to dispose of it,
or take it back with you for disposal.
18 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
6. Flushing operations
After disassembling and assembling the equip-
ment, or changing the oil, use flushing oil to
remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil
from the hydraulic circuit. Normally, flushing is
carried out twice: primary flushing is carried
out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is
carried out with the specified hydraulic oil.
7. Cleaning operations
After repairing the hydraulic equipment (pump,
control valve, etc.) or when running the
machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the
sludge or contaminants in the hydraulic oil cir-
cuit. The oil cleaning equipment is used to
remove the ultra fine (about 3 m) particles that
the filter built in the hydraulic equipment can-
not remove, so it is an extremely effective
device.
D275A-5R 19
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
20 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
q 114 engine
q 107 engine
D275A-5R 21
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
q 95, 125 – 170, 12V140 engine 4. Turn-housing type (Round green connector)
4) While pressing lock (E) of the connector, q 140 engine
pull out connector (5) in the direction of Example)
the arrow. Intake air pressure sensor in intake mani-
fold (CANNON-04): PIM etc.
Example)
Fuel pressure in common rail: PFUEL etc. 1) Disconnect connector (6) according to the
(AMP-3) following procedure.
1] Turn housing (H1) in the direction of
the arrow.
a When connector is unlocked,
housing (H1) becomes heavy to
turn.
2] Pull out housing (H1) in the direction
of the arrow.
a Housing (H1) is left on the wiring har-
ness side.
Example)
Injection pressure control valve of fuel
supply pump: PCV (SUMITOMO-2)
Example)
Speed sensor of fuel supply pump:
G (SUMITOMO-3)
a Pull the connector straight up.
22 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
In the electric circuit diagram, the material, thickness, and color of each electric wire are indicated by sym-
bols. The electric wire code is helpful in understanding the electric circuit diagram.
Example: AEX 0.85 L - - - Indicates blue, heat-resistant, low-voltage wire for automobile, having nomi-
nal No. of 0.85
Indicates color of wire by color code.
Color codes are shown in Table 3.
(Table 1)
Using
Sym-
Type Material temperature Example of use
bol
range (°C)
Low-voltage Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-
General wiring
wire for AV tor tric appliance
(Nominal No. 5 and above)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Thin-cover Conduc- Annealed copper for elec- –30 to +60
low-voltage tor tric appliance General wiring
AVS
wire for (Nominal No. 3 and below)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Heat-resis- Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-
General wiring in extremely
tant low-volt- tor tric appliance
AEX –50 to +110 cold district, wiring at high-tem-
age wire for Heat-resistant crosslinked
Insulator perature place
automobile polyethylene
D275A-5R 23
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
2. Dimensions
(Table 2)
Nominal No. 0.5f (0.5) 0.75f (0.85) 1.25f (1.25) 2f 2 3f 3 5
Number of
strands/Diam- 20/0.18 7/0.32 30/0.18 11/0.32 50/0.18 16/0.32 37/0.26 26/0.32 58/0.26 41/0.32 65/0.32
eter of strand
Conductor
Sectional
0.51 0.56 0.76 0.88 1.27 1.29 1.96 2.09 3.08 3.30 5.23
area (mm2)
d (approx.) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.4 3.0
AVS Standard 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.6 –
Cov-
AV Standard – – – – – – – 4.6
er D
AEX Standard 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.1 – 3.8 4.6
24 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
(Table 3)
Color Code Color of wire Color Code Color of wire
B Black LgW Light green & White
Br Brown LgY Light green & Yellow
BrB Brown & Black LR Blue & Red
BrR Brown & Red LW Blue & White
BrW Brown & White LY Blue & Yellow
BrY Brown & Yellow O Orange
Ch Charcoal P Pink
Dg Dark green R Red
G Green RB Red & Black
GB Green & Black RG Red & Green
GL Green & Blue RL Red & Blue
Gr Gray RW Red & White
GR Green & Red RY Red & Yellow
GW Green & White Sb Sky Blue
GY Green & Yellow Y Yellow
L Blue YB Yellow & Black
LB Blue & Black YG Yellow &Green
Lg Light green YL Yellow & Blue
LgB Light green & Black YR Yellow & Red
LgR Light green & Red YW Yellow & White
Remarks: In a color code consisting of 2 colors, the first color is the color of the background and
the second color is the color of the marking.
Example: “GW” means that the background is Green and marking is White.
(Table 4)
Type of wire AVS or AV AEX
Charge R WG – – – – R –
Ground B – – – – – B –
Start R – – – – – R –
Light RW RB RY RG RL – D –
Instrument Y YR YB YG YL YW Y Gr
Signal G GW GR GY GB GL G Br
L LW LR LY LB – L –
Type of
Br BrW BrR BrY BrB – – –
circuit
Lg LgR LgY LgB LgW – – –
O – – – – – – –
Others Gr – – – – – – –
P – – – – – – –
Sb – – – – – – –
Dg – – – – – – –
Ch – – – – – – –
D275A-5R 25
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
3) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.
Nominal Dimensions
Part Number
number D d L
06 07049-00608 6 5 8
08 07049-00811 8 6.5 11
10 07049-01012 10 8.5 12
12 07049-01215 12 10 15
14 07049-01418 14 11.5 18
16 07049-01620 16 13.5 20
18 07049-01822 18 15 22
20 07049-02025 20 17 25
22 07049-02228 22 18.5 28
24 07049-02430 24 20 30
27 07049-02734 27 22.5 34
26 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
a When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after reassembling cylinders, pumps and other
hydraulic equipment removed for repair, always bleed the air as follows:
1) Start the engine and run at low idle.
2) Operate the work equipment control lever to operate the hydraulic cylinder 4 – 5 times, stopping the
cylinder 100 mm from the end of its stroke.
3) Next, operate the hydraulic cylinder 3 – 4 times to the end of its stroke.
4) After doing this, run the engine at normal speed.
a When using the machine for the first time after repair or long storage, follow the same procedure.
D275A-5R 27
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
28 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
Type 1
1. Disconnection
1) Hold adapter (1) and push hose joint (2)
into mating adapter (3). (Fig. 1)
a The adapter can be pushed in about
3.5 mm.
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After hose joint (2) is pushed into adapter
(3), press rubber cap portion (4) against
adapter (3) until it clicks. (Fig. 2)
3) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and pull
it out. (Fig. 3)
a Since some hydraulic oil flows out,
prepare an oil receiving container.
2. Connection
1) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and
insert it in mating adapter (3), aligning
them with each other. (Fig. 4)
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After inserting the hose in the mating
adapter perfectly, pull it back to check its
connecting condition. (Fig. 5)
a When the hose is pulled back, the
rubber cap portion moves toward the
hose about 3.5 mm. This does not
indicate abnormality, however.
D275A-5R 29
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
Type 2
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 6)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1), turn
lever (8) to the right (clockwise). (Fig. 7)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (7) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 8)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 9)
30 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
Type 3
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until sliding prevention ring (8)
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 10)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1),
push cover (10) straight until it contacts
contact surface (b) of the hexagonal por-
tion at the male end. (Fig. 11)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (9) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 12)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until the sliding prevention ring
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 13)
D275A-5R 31
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
a Fig. A a Fig. B
32 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
D275A-5R 33
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
5. Table of tightening torques for hoses (taper seal type and face seal type)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the
torque below.
a Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil.
7. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Bolts and nuts)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric bolts and nuts of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
Tightening torque
Thread size
Bolts and nuts
mm Nm kgm
6 10 ± 2 1.02 ± 0.20
8 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41
10 43 ± 6 4.38 ± 0.61
12 77 ± 12 7.85 ± 1.22
14 — —
34 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
8. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Eye joints)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric eye joints of the 102, 107 and 114 engine
series to the torque below.
9. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Taper screws)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the taper screws (unit: inch) of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
D275A-5R 35
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
Conversion table 1
Method of using the conversion table
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the
method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
Example: Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches
36 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
Millimeters to inches
1 mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to pound
1 kg = 2.2046 lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84
10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.53 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.361 25.625 25.889 26.153
D275A-5R 37
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
kgm to ft.lb
1 kgm = 7.233 ft.lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1
10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 296.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
38 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
1 kg/cm2 = 14.2233 lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0
10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1,010 1,024 1,038 1,053 1,067 1,081 1,095 1,109 1,124
80 1,138 1,152 1,166 1,181 1,195 1,209 1,223 1,237 1,252 1,266
90 1,280 1,294 1,309 1,323 1,337 1,351 1,365 1,380 1,394 1,408
100 1,422 1,437 1,451 1,465 1,479 1,493 1,508 1,522 1,536 1,550
110 1,565 1,579 1,593 1,607 1,621 1,636 1,650 1,664 1,678 1,693
120 1,707 1,721 1,735 1,749 1,764 1,778 1,792 1,806 1,821 1,835
130 1,849 1,863 1,877 1,892 1,906 1,920 1,934 1,949 1,963 1,977
140 1,991 2,005 2,020 2,034 2,048 2,062 2,077 2,091 2,105 2,119
150 2,134 2,148 2,162 2,176 2,190 2,205 2,219 2,233 2,247 2,262
160 2,276 2,290 2,304 2,318 2,333 2,347 2,361 2,375 2,389 2,404
170 2,418 2,432 2,446 2,460 2,475 2,489 2,503 2,518 2,532 2,546
180 2,560 2,574 2,589 2,603 2,617 2,631 2,646 2,660 2,674 2,688
190 2,702 2,717 2,731 2,745 2,759 2,773 2,788 2,802 2,816 2,830
200 2,845 2,859 2,873 2,887 2,901 2,916 2,930 2,944 2,958 2,973
210 2,987 3,001 3,015 3,030 3,044 3,058 3,072 3,086 3,101 3,115
220 3,129 3,143 3,158 3,172 3,186 3,200 3,214 3,229 3,243 3,257
230 3,271 3,286 3,300 3,314 3,328 3,343 3,357 3,371 3,385 3,399
240 3,414 3,428 3,442 3,456 3,470 3,485 3,499 3,513 3,527 3,542
D275A-5R 39
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
Temperature
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion: A simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centi-
grade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center (boldface column)
of figures. These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
When convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Fahren-
heit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
When convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Centi-
grade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1°C = 33.8°F
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–40.4 –40 –40.0 –11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 177.8
–37.2 –35 –31.0 –11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
–34.4 –30 –22.0 –10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
–31.7 –25 –13.0 –10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
–28.9 –20 –4.0 –9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
40 D275A-5R
00 Index and foreword SEN02161-02
D275A-5R 41
SEN02161-02 00 Index and foreword
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02161-02
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
42 D275A-5R
SEN02163-00
D275A-5R
01 Specification 1
Specification and technical data
Specefication dimension drawings.................................................................................................................. 2
Specifications .................................................................................................................................................. 3
Weight table .................................................................................................................................................... 9
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants...............................................................................................................11
D275A-5R 1
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
Semi U-tilt dozer + U-tilt dozer + Semi U-tilt dozer + U-tilt dozer+
Item Unit
Giant ripper Giant ripper Multi-shank ripper Multi-shank ripper
Overall
A mm 9,290 9,625 8,905 9,245
length
2 D275A-5R
01 Specification SEN02163-00
Specifications
Machine model D275A-5R
Machine weight
• Bare tractor 38,180
Weight
kg
• Above with semi U-dozer + variable multi- 50,550
shank ripper + ROPS + cab + air condi-
tioner + side cover
Min. turning radius m 3,9 (Pivot turn)
Gradeability deg. 30
Stability (front, rear, left, right) deg. 35
Transmission speed ranges
Bare tractor
With semi U-dozer + variable multi- 88.26 {0.90}
Ground pressure
shank ripper
With ROPS + cab + air conditioner + 116.70 {1.19}
kPa {kg/cm2}
side cover
With U-dozer + variable multi-shank 118.66 {1.21}
ripper + ROPS + cab + air conditioner
+ side cover
Bare tractor (To top of lift cylinder) 5,570
Overall height Overall width Overall length
D275A-5R 3
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
Name SAA6D140E-5
4 D275A-5R
01 Specification SEN02163-00
Bevel gear shaft Spiral bevel gear type, splash type lubrication
D275A-5R 5
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
Type
Main control
• For blade tilt hydraulic assisted type Ripper tilt + ripper lift +
• For ripper lift blade lift + blade tilt
• For ripper tilt
6 D275A-5R
01 Specification SEN02163-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
Weight kg 4,490
Beam length mm 2,495
Number of shanks unit 3
Cutting angle (Standard) deg. 51.7 (Stepless adjustment is possible between 38.9
Performance
and 62.2°)
Cutting depth – Four Switch-Selectable
Max. digging depth mm 1,420
Max. lifting height mm 1,195
8 D275A-5R
01 Specification SEN02163-00
Weight table
a This weight table is for reference in handling or transporting components.
Unit: kg
Engine
• Engine assembly 1,850
• Damper assembly 135
• Universal joint 25
• Engine mounting parts (Wiring) 5
D275A-5R 9
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
Unit: kg
10 D275A-5R
01 Specification SEN02163-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
Unit: l
D275A-5R
Refilling points
Specified capacity Refill capacity
Engine oil pan 55 50
Damper case 1.5 1.5
Power train case 150 90
Fainal drive case (each) 40 40
Hydraulic system
270 130
(with blade, without ripper)
Cooling system
110 —
(including reservoir tank)
Fuel tank 840 —
12 D275A-5R
01 Specification SEN02163-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02163-00 01 Specification
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02163-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
14 D275A-5R
SEN02165-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine mount 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between bracket size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and cushion
–0.100 +0.046 0.100 –
60 0.4 Replace
–0.300 +0.046 0.346
Standard clearance Repair limit
2 Free height of mount rubber
90 84
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Cooling system 1
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
Specifications
Power train
Radiator Hydraulic oil cooler Aftercooler
oil cooler
Core type Rectangle wave fin PTO-OL J4 Rectangle straight fin
Fin pitch (mm) 8.0/2 — 4.0 8.0/2
Total heat dissipation sur-
41.99 x 3 3.741 8.52 25.82
face (m2)
Cracking pressure of pres- 88.3 ± 14.7
— — —
sure valve (kPa{kg/cm2}) {0.9 ± 0.15}
Cracking pressure of vac- 0 – 4.9
— — —
uum valve (kPa {kg/cm2}) {0 – 0.05}
D275A-5R 5
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function Structure
q The rotation and torque of the engine are q Cylinder block (7) is supported on shaft (1)
transmitted to the shaft of this pump and con- through spline (B). Shaft (1) is supported by
verted into hydraulic energy in this pump. This the front and rear bearings.
pump discharges the pressurized oil according q The end of piston (6) has a spherical hollow
to the load. which is combined with shoe (5). Piston (6)
q The discharge of this pump can be changed by and shoe (5) form a spherical bearing.
changing the swash plate angle in it. q Rocker cam (4) has plane (A). Shoe (5) is kept
pressed against plane (A) and slid circularly.
Rocker cam (4) slides around ball (11).
q Piston (6) in each cylinder of cylinder block (7)
moves relatively in the axial direction.
q Cylinder block (7) rotates relatively against
valve plate (8), sealing the pressurized oil, and
the hydraulic balance is maintained properly.
q The oil in each cylinder of cylinder block (7)
can be sucked and discharged through valve
plate (8).
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
Operation
1. Operation of pump
q Cylinder block (7) rotates together with shaft
(1) and shoe (5) slides on plane (A). At this
time, rocker cam (4) tilts around ball (11). As a
result, angle (a) between center line (X) of
rocker cam (4) and the axis of cylinder block
(7) changes. Angle (a) is called the swash
plate angle.
q If angle (a) is made between center line (X) of
rocker cam (7) and the axis of cylinder block
(7), plane (A) works as a cam for shoe (5).
q Accordingly, piston (6) slides inside cylinder
block (7) and a difference is made between
volumes (E) and (F) in cylinder block (7). As a
resurlt, each piston (6) sucks and discharges
oil by (F) – (E).
q In other words, if cylinder block (7) rotates and
the volume of chamber (E) is decreased, the
oil is discharged from chamber (E). On the
other hand, the volume of chamber (F) is
increased and the oil is sucked in chamber (F).
(In the figure, chamber (F) is at the end of the
suction stroke and chamber (E) is at the end of
the discharge stroke.)
q If center line (X) of rocker cam (4) is equal to
the axis of cylinder block (7) (the swash plate
angle is 0), there is not a difference between
volumes (E) and (F) in cylinder block (7) and
oil is not sucked or discharged. (The swash
plate angle is not set to 0 actually, however.)
q In short, swash plate angle (a) is in proportion
to the pump discharge.
D275A-5R 9
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Control of discharge
q If swash plate angle (a) is increased, the differ-
ence between volumes (E) and (F) is
increased, and so discharge (Q) is increased.
Swash plate angle (a) is changed with servo
piston (10).
q Servo piston (10) reciprocates straight accord-
ing to the signal pressure of the servo valve.
This straight motion is transmitted to rocker
cam (4).
Then, rocker cam (4) supported on ball (11)
slides around ball (11).
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
Servo valve
1. Plug
2. Lever
3. Retainer
4. Seat
5. Spool
6. Piston
7. Sleeve
D275A-5R 11
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The servo valve controls the current (i) input to q The relationship between the input current (i)
the EPC valve and the swash plate angle (a) of to the EPC valve and the output pressure of
the pump so that they will be related as shown EPC valve (F) is as follows.
in the figure below.
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
Operation
q The output pressure of the EPC valve is
applied to the piston chamber to push piston
(6). Piston (6) pushes spool (5) until it is bal-
anced with the spring.
q Then, the land (PE) of the servo piston pres-
sure passage is connected to the pump dis-
charge passages by the cut of spool (5) and
the discharge pressure is led to the servo pis-
ton.
q The servo piston is raised by the rocker cam.
The position feedback is applied and the lever
moves to compress the spring.
q If spool (5) is pushed back, the pump dis-
charge circuit and the servo piston circuit are
shut off.
q The pressure in the servo piston chamber low-
ers and the rocker cam returns toward the
maximum swash plate angle.
q These processes are repeated until the swash
plate is fixed to a position where the EPC out-
put pressure is balanced with the spring force.
q Accordingly as the EPC output pressure is
heightened, the swash plate angle is
decreased.
As the EPC output pressure is lowered, the
swash plate angle is increased.
D275A-5R 13
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length x Installation Installation Free Installation
13 Spool return spring outer diameter length load length load Replace spring
146 N 117 N if damaged or
62.66 x 19.8 53.5 —
{14.9 kg} {11.9 kg} deformed.
13.7 N 11.0 N
14 Check valve spring 16.4 x 8.9 11.5 —
{1.4 kg} {1.12 kg}
D275A-5R 15
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Hydraulic motor
Function
q This hydraulic motor is called a swash plate-
type axial piston motor. It converts the energy
of the pressurized oil sent from the hydraulic
pump into rotary motion.
Principle of operation
q The oil sent from the hydraulic pump flows
through valve plate (7) into cylinder block (5).
This oil can flow on only one side of the (Y-Y)
line connecting the top dead center and bottom
dead center of the stroke of piston (4).
q The oil sent to one side of cylinder block (5)
presses piston (4) [4 or 5 pieces], and gener-
ates force (F1)[F1 = P x xD2/4].
q This force is applied to thrust plate (2). Since
thrust plate (2) is fixed to the angle of (a°)
degrees to the output shaft(1), the force is
divided into components (F2) and (F3).
q The radial component (F3) generates torque
[Ti = F3 x ri] against the (Y-Y) line connecting
the top dead center and bottom dead center.
q The result of this torque [T = Ti] rotates cylin-
der block (5) through the piston.
q Since this cylinder block (5) is splined to the
output shaft, the output shaft revolves to trans-
mit the torque.
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02165-00
4. Safety valve
Function
q When the engine is started, the pressure in
port (P) of the fan motor is heightened in some
cases.
q Safety valve (1) is installed to protect the fan
system circuit.
Operation
q If the pressure in port (P) rises above the
cracking pressure of safety valve (1), valve (2)
of safety valve (1) opens to release the pres-
surized oil into port (T).
q By this operation, generation of abnormal pres-
sure in port (P) is prevented.
D275A-5R 19
SEN02165-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02165-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
20 D275A-5R
SEN02166-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Power train 1
Outline
q The power generated by engine (1) has its tor- q Steering brake (13) is disc type similar to the
sional vibration dampened by damper (2), and steering clutch. The power output from the
then passes through universal joint (3), and is steering clutch is slowed down in the final drive
transmitted to torque converter (9). (14) and rotates sprocket (15).
q The power from the engine is transmitted q The final drive consists of a single-stage spur
through the oil by torque converter (9) to the gear system and a single-stage planetary gear
transmission input shaft (turbine shaft) in system. The sprocket drives track shoe (16) to
accordance with the change in load. move the machine. The power output from
q Transmission (10) uses a combination of a steering brake (13) is transmitted to final drive
planetary gear system and hydraulic clutches (14).
to reduce the speed and shift the gears (3 for- q Final drive (14) reduces the speed with the sin-
ward gears and 3 reverse gears). It connects gle-stage spur gear system and single-stage
2 sets of clutches selected according to the planetary gear system to rotate sprocket (15)
change in load, and transmits the power to and drive track shoe (16) and move the
bevel gear (11) from the bevel pinion at the machine. The oil from fan pump (17) driven
rear end of the transmission. with PTO (6) rotates fan motor (18).
q The power divided into right and left portions
by the bevel gear is transmitted to the respec-
tive steering clutches (12). Steering clutches
(12) turn on and off the power transmitted from
the bevel gear shaft to the final drive to control
the travel direction of the machine.
q The travel direction is changed by operating
the steering lever to turn off the power of the
steering clutch on the turning side. The turning
radius is controlled with steering brake (13)
installed to the outside of the steering clutch.
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
1. Breather Outline
2. Oil level gauge q The damper dampens the torsional vibration
3. Drain plug caused by the change in engine torque and the
4. Output shaft impact torque generated when accelerating
5. Flywheel suddenly or when carrying out heavy-duty dig-
6. Outer body ging. In this way it acts to protect the torque
7. Coupling converter, transmission, and other parts of the
8. Universal joint power train.
9. Cover q This damper has few component parts: it uses
10. Rubber coupling a rubber coupling, so the vibration is absorbed
11. Inner body by the damping effect of the rubber material.
Operation
q This motive force from the engine passes
through flywheel (5) and it transmitted to outer
body (6).
q The torsional vibration of the engine is absorbed
by rubber coupling (10), and the power is trans-
mitted to inner body (11). It passes through uni-
versal joint (8), and is then transmitted to the
torque converter and transmission.
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between flywheel size Shaft Hole clearance limit
12
housing and cover – 0.022 + 0.070 0.022 –
511.18 0.2
– 0.092 + 0.070 0.162
Clearance between flywheel – 0.020 + 0.063 0.020 – Replace
13 466.72 0.2
and damper – 0.083 + 0.063 0.146
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Outer circumference of cou-
14 – 0.087
pling oil seal contact surface 90 89.8
– 0.087
D275A-5R 11
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
A. To oil cooler
B. Torque converter oil inlet
C. To steering case (From scavenging pump)
D. To transmission case (From torque converter
case)
E. From steering case and transmission case
(Oil pan pass)
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Torque converter 1
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Outside diameter of coupling
1 – 0.054 Repair hard
oil seal contact surface 120 119.8
– 0.054 chrome plating
Inside diameter of retainer or replace
+ 0.040
2 150
+ 0.040
150.5
seal ring contact surface
Backlash between PTO drive Standard clearance Clearance limit
3 gear and scavenging pump
drive gear 0.204 – 0.512 —
Backlash between PTO drive
4 0.204 – 0.512 —
gear and driven gear
Standard size Repair limit
5 Wear of stator shaft seal ring Width: 4.4 Width: 4.0
Height: 5.5 Height: 5.1
D275A-5R 17
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Flow of power
q Engine power
O
Coupling (1)
O
Input shaft (2)
O
Drive case (3)
O
Pump (4)
O
Turbine (5)
O
Turbine boss (6)
O
Transmission input shaft (7)
Flow of oil
q The oil is sent through the main relief valve
and its pressure is reduced below the set pres-
sure by the torque converter relief valve.
Then, it flows in inlet port (A) and through the
oil path of stator front housing (1) to pump (2).
The oil is given centrifugal force by pump (2)
and flows in turbine (3) and gives its energy to
turbine (3).
The oil from turbine (3) is sent to stator (4) and
then returned to pump (2). A part of the oil is
sent from stator (4) through outlet port (B) to
the oil cooler, however.
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Scavenging pump 1
BAR (3) 160
A. Discharge port
B. Suction port
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 Spline shaft rotation torque —
Discharge Standard Permissible
Rotating pressure discharge discharge
Delivery Type speed MPa amount amount —
— (rpm)
(Oil: SAE10WCD {kg/cm2} (l/min) (l/min)
Oil temperature: 45 – 55°C) 2.94
BAR160 2,500 — —
{30}
D275A-5R 19
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Transmission control 1
a For steering operation concerned to operation a PCCS: Abbreviation for Palm Command Con-
of PCCS lever, see STEERING AND BRAKE trol System
CONTROL.
SWD05824
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Transmission 1
22 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
24 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 25
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
26 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Installed Installed Installed
Free length Free length
1 No. 1 clutch spring (12 pcs.) length load load
174.6N 165.7N
91 71.2 88.3
{17.8 kg} {16.9 kg}
52.7N 50.0N
2 No. 2 clutch spring (12 pcs.) 84 79.8 81.5
{5.4 kg} {5.1 kg}
95N 90.2N
3 No. 3 clutch spring (12 pcs.) 68 59.5 66.0
{9.7 kg} {9.2 kg}
93.1N 88.3N
4 No. 4 clutch spring (12 pcs.) 70 51 67.9
{9.5 kg} {9.0 kg}
83.3N 79.4N
5 No. 5 clutch spring (12 pcs.) 70 53 67.9
{8.5 kg} {8.1 kg}
D275A-5R 27
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Inside diameter of seal ring
contact face + 0.052
ø 255 ø 255.1
+ 0.052
+ 0.15
Width of seal ring groove 4.0 4.4
19 + 0.10
– 0.01
Width of seal ring 4.0 3.6
– 0.04
28 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Operation
1. Operation of disc clutch
q To lock ring gear (8) a disc clutch is used. The
clutch consists of piston (12), plates (11), discs
(10), pin (35) and piston return springs (33).
The internal teeth of the disc engage with the
external teeth of the ring gear.
The teeth on the outside diameter of the plate
engage with pins (35) secured by housing (32).
D275A-5R 29
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
2. Forward 1st
F ring gear (30) and 1st ring gear (20) are fixed hydraulically.
D275A-5R 31
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3. Forward 2nd
F ring gear (30) and 2nd ring gear (25) are fixed hydraulically.
32 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
4. Forward 3rd
F ring gear (30) and 3rd ring gear (15) are fixed hydraulically.
D275A-5R 33
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
5. Reverse 1st
R ring gear (34) and 1st ring gear (20) are fixed hydraulically.
34 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 35
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Tranmission ECMV 1
(Electronic Control Modulation Valve)
36 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 37
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline of ECMV
q The ECMV (Electronic Control Modulation
Valve) consists of the following two units, a
pressure control valve and fill switch.
q Pressure control valve
Converts a current sent from the transmission
controller to the proportional solenoid valve, to
an oil pressure.
q Fill switch
Detects that the clutch is filled with oil. It has
the functions below.
1) It outputs a signal (fill signal) to the con-
troller as soon as the clutch is filled with oil
to report the completion of filling.
2) It outputs a signal (fill signal) to the con-
troller while an oil pressure is applied to
the clutch to report the presence/absence
of oil pressure.
A region: Before gear shift (When draining)
B region: Filling starts (During trigger)
C region: Filling finishes
D region: Voltage regulation
E region: During filling
38 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Operation of ECMV
q The ECMV is controlled by the command cur-
rent sent from the controller to the proportional
solenoid and the fill switch output signal.
The relation among the proportional solenoid
command current of the ECMV, the clutch
input pressure, and fill switch output signal is
as shown in the figure to the right.
D275A-5R 39
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. When filling (When inputting the trigger 3. Pressure regulation (D region in the diagram)
command to the pressure control valve) If you flow a current to the proportional sole-
(B and C regions in the diagram) noid (1), the solenoid produces thrust propor-
If you supply a current to the proportional sole- tional to the current. Pressure is regulated by
noid (1) with no oil in the clutch, an oil pressure striking a balance among the thrust of the sole-
proportional to the solenoid force acts on the noid, the thrust of the oil pressure of the clutch
chamber (B), pushing the pressure control port, and reaction force of the pressure control
valve (2) rightward. This operation opens the spring (5).
pump port (P) and clutch port (A) to start filling
the clutch with oil. When the clutch is filled with
oil, the fill switch (4) is turned ON.
40 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
D275A-5R 41
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Body Outline
2. Torque converter relief valve 1. Main relief valve
3. Valve spring Main relief valve (6) sets the set pressure of
4. Piston the oil pressure for the transmission, steering
5. Piston spring clutch, and brake.
6. Main relief valve 2. Torque converter relief valve
7. Valve spring Torque converter relief valve (2) acts to protect
8. Piston spring the torque converter from abnormally high
9. Piston pressure by relieving the circuit if the torque
converter inlet port pressure rises above the
A: Drain port (for torque converter relief) set pressure.
B: Drain port Unit: MPa {kg/cm2}
C: From pump
Set pressure
D: Drain port
E: To torque converter Main relief pressure 3.2 ± 0.1 {32.7 ± 1.0}
P1: Main relief oil pressure detection port Torque converter relief
0.98 ± 0.05 {10.2 ± 0.5}
P8: Torque converter relief oil pressure detection pressure
port
42 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between main relief size Shaft Hole clearance limit
10
valve and valve body 0.035 –
– 0.035 + 0.013
28 0.08
– 0.045 + 0.013 0.058
Clearance between main relief – 0.020 + 0.021 0.020 –
11 19 0.07
valve and piston – 0.030 + 0.018 0.051
Clearance between torque 0.035 –
– 0.035 + 0.013
12 converter relief valve and valve 22 0.08
– 0.045 + 0.013 0.068
body
Clearance between torque
– 0.020 + 0.018 0.020 –
13 converter relief valve and pis- 15 0.07
– 0.030 + 0.018 0.048
ton
Standard size Repair limit Replace
Installed Installed Installed
Main relief valve spring Free length Free length
14 length load load
(outside)
481 N 457 N
122 78 118.3
{49 kg} {46.6 kg}
Main relief valve spring 368 N 349 N
15 108 78 104.8
(inside) {37.5 kg} {35.6 kg}
7.32 N 6.96 N
16 Main relief valve piston spring 30 25 29.1
{0.746 kg} {0.71 kg}
Torque converter relief valve 182 N 174 N
17 50 40.5 48.5
spring {18.6 kg} {17.7 kg}
Torque converter relief valve 4.87 N 4.61 N
18 26 20 25.2
piston spring {0.497 kg} {0.47 kg}
D275A-5R 43
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
44 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard
Type Clearance limit
clearance
1 Side clearance
SAR (3) 100 0.13 – 0.18 0.22
SAR (3) 50 0.10 – 0.15 0.19
Clearance between plain bear- SAR (3) 100
2 ing inner diameter and gear 0.060 – 0.149 0.20
shaft outer diameter SAR (3) 50 Replace
Type Standard size Tolerance
3 Pin driving depth SAR (3) 100 – 0.5
14
SAR (3) 50 – 0.5
Delivery
Standard Delivery
Speed pressure
Delivery Type delivery limit
(rpm) MPa
(l/min) (l/min)
— {kg/cm2} —
(Oil: EO10-CD
Oil temperature: 45 – 50°C) SAR (3) 100 32.7 ± 1 188 174
2,300rpm
SAR (3) 50 3 ± 0.3 94 86
D275A-5R 45
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
46 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02166-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Installed Installed Installed
Free length Free length
4 Lubrication relief valve spring length load load Replace
12.5 N 11.9 N
26 23.6 25.2
{1.27 kg} {1.21 kg}
D275A-5R 47
SEN02166-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02166-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
48 D275A-5R
SEN02167-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
Outline
q PCCS lever (3) sends electric signals to steer- q If PCCS lever (3) is tilted fully to the left, the left
ing controller (4). Receiving those signals, steering clutch is “disengaged“ completely. if
steering controller (4) sends proportional cur- the left steering brake is turned ON at this time,
rents to steering ECMV (6) to control the steer- the machine turns sharply to the left.
ing clutches and brakes. q Safety lever (2) is connected to parking brake
q Brake pedal (1) sends electric signals through lever (8) and used to apply the parking brake,
potentiometer (11) to steering controller (4). too.
Receiving this signal, streering controller (4)
sends proportional current to steering ECMV
(6) to operate the brakes. In this case, both
brakes are applied simultaneously to stop the
machine. Rod (10) works as a redundant
device to operate the brake through brake
valve (7) (only in the complete braking mode).
q If PCCS lever (3) is tilted a little to the left, the
left streering clutch is “half disengaged“ and
the machine turns gradually to the left.
D275A-5R 3
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
28 Brake plate Thickness 2.9 ± 0.1 2.6
Distortion — 0.3 0.4 Repair or replace
Thickness 4.5 ± 0.1 4.0 Replace
29 Brake disc
Distortion — 0.3 0.4 Repair or replace
Total assembly thickness of
30 48.9 — 45.3
brake plate and disc Replace
Thickness 2.6 ± 0.1 2.3
31 Clutch plate
Distortion — 0.15 0.3 Repair or replace
Thickness 4.7 ± 0.15 4.2 Replace
32 Clutch disc
Distortion — 0.32 0.4 Repair or replace
Total assembly thickness of
33 48.5 — 44.8
clutch plate and disc
Backlash between brake disc Standard clearance Clearance limit
34
and hub 0.42 – 0.72 1.00
Backlash between clutch disc
35 0.33 – 0.69 0.96
and hub
Backlash between bevel gear
36 0.25 – 0.33 0.50
and pinion
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
size Shaft Hole clearance limit
Inside diameter of Large
seal ring contact – 0.5 + 0.081 0.500 –
37 diameter 270 —
face of brake pis- portion – 0.7 + 0.081 0.781
ton
Small
– 0.100 + 0.072 0.100 –
diameter 220 —
– 0.172 + 0.072 0.244 Replace
portion
Large
– 0.5 + 0.081 0.500 –
Inside diameter of diameter 260 —
– 0.7 + 0.081 0.781
seal ring contact portion
38
face of clutch pis- Small
ton – 0.085 + 0.063 0.085 –
diameter 180 —
– 0.148 + 0.063 0.211
portion
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Inside diameter of seal ring
contact face + 0.040
ø 125 ø 125.1
+ 0.040
+ 0.070
Width of seal ring groove 4.1 4.6
39 + 0.020
– 0.080
Width of seal ring 4.0 3.6
– 0.080
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
Outline
Bevel gear shaft Steering brakes
q The bevel gear shaft device changes the out- q The steering brakes are connected to the
put power of the transmission by a right angle steering clutches on both sides respectively.
to the lateral directions and reduce the output They control the power transmitted from the
speed by using a bevel pinion and a bevel steering clutches to the final drives to change
gear. the turning direction of the machine and brake
q The bevel gear shaft device has a spiral bevel the machine.
pinion and spiral bevel gear and is lubricated q The steering brakes are wet-type, multiple disc
forcibly with pressurized oil. clutch-type, spring force brakes. They are
q The bevel gear shaft device consists of bevel driven hydraulically together with the clutches
pinion (27) meshed with bevel gear (15), bevel by the steering ECMV valve operated with the
gear shaft (14), and bearings (13) and (16) to PCCS lever.
support the bevel gear shaft. The steering brakes are lubricated forcedly
with oil supplied by the power train lubricating
Steering clutches oil pump and lubricating circuit of the scaveng-
q The steering clutches are connected to both ing pump. The lubricating oil flows through the
bevel gear shafts respectively through the paths in the steering case, cover, cylinder,
splines. They transmit and cut out the power disc, and plate.
of the bevel gear shafts to the final drives to While the engine is stopped, even if the brake
change the turning direction of the machine. pedal is not pressed, the back pressure of the
q The steering clutches are wet-type multiple- steering brake piston lowers and the brake is
disc hydraulic clutches. They are driven "applied". After the engine is started again,
hydraulically together with the brakes by the however, as the hydraulic pressure in the cir-
steering ECMV valve operated with the PCCS cuit rises, the brake is "released". Accordingly,
lever. the parking brake must be kept locked.
The steering clutches are lubricated forcedly q Each steering brake consists of hub (10) con-
with oil supplied by the power train lubricating nected to clutch outer drum (18), disc (8)
oil pump. The lubricating oil from the pump engaged with the hub, plate (7), the periphery
flows through the paths in the steering case, of which is connected to the brake outer drum
cover, cylinder, hub, disc, and plate. (9) by spline, brake outer drum (9), brake pis-
q Each steering clutch consists of hub (17) con- ton (5) to press the disc and plate against each
nected to the bevel gear shaft by spline, disc other, spring (4), and cylinder (3), hub (22),
(20) engaged with the hub, plate (19), the cover (1), and output shaft (2) to support these
periphery of which is connected to the clutch parts.
outer drum by spline, clutch outer drum (18), Brake outer drum (9) and cover (1) are fixed to
clutch piston (21) to press the disc and plate the steering case.
against each other, and hub (10) and bearing Output shaft (2) is connected to hub (22) by
to support these parts. Clutch outer drum (18) spline and fixed by the stopper in the axial
and hub (10) are connected to steering brake direction.
and transmit the power from the bevel gear
shaft through hub (22) to output shaft (2).
D275A-5R 9
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline of ECMV
q The ECMV (Electronic Control Modulating
valve) consists of a pressure control valve and
a fill switch.
q Pressure control valve
This valve allows a proportional solenoid to
receive a current sent from a steering control-
ler and converts it to oil pressure.
q Fill switch
This component detects that a clutch is filled
with oil and has the following functions.
1) When the clutch is filled with the oil, at the
same time, a signal (fill signal) is output to
the controller and transmits filling termina-
tion.
2) While oil pressure is applied to the clutch,
the signal (fill signal) is output to the con-
troller and transmits the presence of oil
pressure.
Operation of ECMV
q The ECMV is controlled using the command
current from the controller to the proportional
solenoid and a fill switch output signal.
Outline
q This valve sets the steering clutch oil pressure
or the steering brake oil pressure to a set pres-
sure and switches a circuit to the clutch cham-
ber and the brake chamber.
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
Operation
1. When PCCS lever is in "neutral" and brake pedal is "released": Straight travel
(Both clutches are turned "ON", both brakes are "released", and parking brake is turned "OFF".)
q When the PCCS lever is in "neutral" and the of the brake piston. As the back pressure
brake pedal is "released", solenoid (1) of the rises, the brake piston moves to the left and
clutch ECMV is turned ON and ball (2) is compresses the brake spring to "release" the
pressed to the left to close the sealing part. brake.
The oil from the power train pump flows q When the parking brake is turned "OFF", the
through the main relief valve to port Pc of the parking brake valve is closed and the oil in the
clutch ECMV. Then, it flows through orifice "a" brake circuit is not drained.
to port F and pushes valve (3) to the left to
open the path between port Pc and port C and
close the path between port C and port Dr.
The oil in port C flows to the back pressure port
of the clutch piston to turn "ON" the clutch.
q Solenoid (5) of the brake ECMV is also turned
ON and ball (6) is pressed to the left to close
the sealing part. The oil in port Pb flows to port
E and pushes valve (7) to the left to open the
path between port Pb and port B and close the
path between port B and port Dr.
The oil in port B flows to the back pressure port
D275A-5R 19
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q When the PCCS lever is operated to the left generates thrust proportional to the current.
halfway, solenoid (1) of the left clutch ECMV is The pressure is stabilized at a point where this
turned OFF and the sealing part of ball (2) is thrust is balanced with the sum of the thrust
opened. The oil from the power train pump is caused by the oil pressure in the brake port
drained through port Pc, orifice "a", and seal- and the reaction force of pressure control valve
ing part of ball (2). Accordingly, the path spring (8).
between port Pc and port C is closed and the q Accordingly, if the stroke of the PCCS lever is
path between port C and port Dr is opened. As short, the oil pressure in port B and the circuit
the oil in port C is drained through port Dr, the is controlled high and the brake is "half
clutch is turned "OFF". released". If the stroke is long, the oil pressure
The oil pressure in the charge circuit, etc. is is controlled low and the brake is turned "ON".
secured by orifice "a". q When the parking brake is turned "OFF", the
q Solenoid (5) of the left brake ECMV is turned parking brake valve is closed and the oil in the
ON and ball (6) is pressed to the left to close brake circuit is not drained.
the sealing part. The oil in port Pb flows to port
E and pushes valve (7) to the left. The oil
pressure in port B and the circuit is controlled
by the command current sent from the control-
ler to solenoid (5) according to the operation
stroke of the PCCS lever.
If a current flows into solenoid (5), the solenoid
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between parking size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1 brake valve spool and valve Replace
body – 0.020 + 0.011 0.020 –
14 0.05
– 0.030 + 0.011 0.041
Outside diameter of sliding Tolerance Clearance limit Repair by hard
2 parts fitting to dust seal and V- 14 – 0.020 chromium plat-
packing (Spool) 13.9 ing or replace
– 0.030
Standard size Repair limit
Using
Parking brake valve spool Free length Using load Free length Using load
3 length Replace
spring
38.2N 36.3N
65 47.7 63.1
{3.9kg} {3.71kg}
24 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
Outline
q The sudden brake prevention valve is installed
to p r ev e nt th e br a ke fr om s to pp i ng th e
machine suddenly because of a trouble in the
electric system.
q Sudden brake prevention valve (1) is installed
in the brake ECMV pilot pressure drain circuit.
If brake ECMV solenoid valve (2) is deacti-
vated, the oil is drained from the brake circuit
and the brake is applied suddenly. To prevent
this, if solenoid valve (3) of sudden brake pre-
vention valve (1) is deactivated, the circuit of
throttle a is formed. As a result, pilot pressure
drain circuit D is choked and the brake is
SEMI-RELEASED.
D275A-5R 25
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Final drive 1
Outline
q The final drive is a single stage spur gear, sin-
gle stage planetary gear reduction type. The
lubrication is of splash type using the rotation
of the gears. The final drive can be removed
and installed as a single unit.
q Floating seal (1) is installed to the rotating slid-
ing portion of the sprocket to prevent the entry
of dirt or sand and to prevent leakage of lubri-
cating oil.
26 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 27
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
28 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Backlash between No.1 pinion Standard clearance Clearance limit
22
and No.1 gear 0.28 – 0.93 0.93
Backlash between sun gear Replace
23 0.22 – 0.81 0.81
and planet pinion
Backlash between planet pin-
24 0.25 – 0.90 0.90
ion and ring gear
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Outside diameter of No.1 pin- Repair or
25 0
ion oil seal contact surface 95 94.913 replace
– 0.087
Thickness of thrust collar of
26 30 29.95
roller bearing
D275A-5R 29
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
D275A-5R 31
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sprocket 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard clearance Repair limit
1 Wear of tooth tip Repair or
402.4 386
replace
2 Thickness of tooth root 23.2 17
32 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02167-00
a The above drawing is reduced to 35%. Enlarge it to 280% to return it to the full scale and make a copy
on an OHP sheet.
D275A-5R 33
SEN02167-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02167-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
34 D275A-5R
SEN02168-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Track frame 1
1. Idler Outline
2. Recoil spring assembly q The track roller uses an K-shape bogie mount
3. Carrier roller to increase the ground contact area between
4. Track frame the track shoe and ground surface on rough
5. Sprocket surfaces, thereby increasing the drawbar pull.
6. Sprocket cover guard q The K-shape bogie is fitted with rubber pads to
7. Track roller bogie absorb the shock from the ground surface.
8. Track roller
9. Track roller support guard Track roller, bogie
10. Pivot shaft
11. Cylinder Track roller flange type and bogie arrangement
12. Guide 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
S D D D D D S
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Item Repair limit
Deformation of track frame out- Curvature 7 (for length of 3,000)
4 Repair or replace
er pipe Twisting 3 (for level length of 300)
Dents (pipe portion) 12
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between inner pipe size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
11 and adjustment cylinder protru- Replace
sion – 0.15 + 0.1
50 0.15 – 0.45 2.0
– 0.35 + 0.1
Clearance between idler bogie Standard clearance Clearance limit
12 Adjust
and guide 0 – 0.5 3.0
13 Press-fitting force for cartridge 275 – 530 kN {28 – 54 ton} —
D275A-5R 3
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Recoil spring 1
1. Yoke Outline
2. Nut q Recoil spring (4) is used to adjust the track ten-
3. Retainer sion by pumping in or releasing grease from
4. Recoil spring lubricator (10) to move rod (5) forward or back-
5. Rod ward. The recoil spring (4) also acts to dampen
6. Spring cylinder any sudden shock brought to bear on the idler.
7. Retainer
8. Holder
9. Piston
10. Lubricator (for pumping in and releasing grease)
11. Grease chamber cylinder
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Installed Installed Installed
Free length Free length
12 Recoil spring length load load
372.7 kN 345.1 kN
1,231 1,045 1.415
{38,000 kg} {35,185 kg}
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance Replace
Clearance between inner cylin- size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
13 der and outer cylinder of outer
cylinder bushing – 0.055 + 0.317 0.115 –
340 0.8
– 0.228 + 0.060 0.545
Clearance between adjustment – 0.100 + 0.054 0.100 –
14 110 —
cylinder and bushing – 1.350 + 0.054 0.404
Press-fitting force for outer cyl-
15 inder bushing (outer cylinder 42.1 – 96.1 kN {4.3 – 9.8 ton}
side)
Press-fitting force for outer cyl-
Adjust
16 inder bushing (inner cylinder 44.1 – 228.6 kN {4.5 – 23.3 ton}
side)
Clearance between recoil
17 0 – 1.0
spring mount nut and lock plate
D275A-5R 5
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Idler 1
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Outside diameter of protruding Standard size Repair limit
1
part 822 —
Outside diameter of tread sur-
2 780 755
face
3 Width of protruding part 121 — Rebuild or
replace
4 Width of tread 77 85.5
5 Overall tread 275 —
6 Thickness of tread 25.5 13
7 Width of shaft flange 242 —
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
8 Replace bushing
bushing – 0.350 + 0.170 0.340 –
147 —
– 0.413 – 0.010 0.583
Tolerance Standard
Standard Interfer-
interfer-
Interference between shaft and size Shaft Hole ence limit
9 ence
seal guard
+ 0.046 – 0.150 0.150 – Replace
84 —
+ 0.046 – 0.200 0.246
Standard clearance Clearance limit
10 Play in axial direction of shaft
0.5 – 1.0 —
D275A-5R 7
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Track roller 1
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Outside diameter of flange Standard size Repair limit
1
(outside of single flange) 291 —
Outside diameter of flange
2 277 —
(inside of double flange)
Outside diam- single flange 255 185
3
eter double flange 255 195
Thickness of single flange 65 30
4 Rebuild or
tread double flange 65 35 replace
5 Overall width 336 —
6 Width of tread (single flange) 80 —
7 Width of tread (double flange) 80 —
Width of flange (double flange
8 27.5 12.5
of outside)
Width of flange (double flange
9 24 9
of inside)
10 Width of shaft flange 28.5 — Replace
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
11 Replace bushing
bushing – 0.350 + 0.225 0.343 –
115 —
– 0.413 + 0.007 0.038
Tolerance Standard
Standard Interfer-
interfer-
Interference between shaft and size Shaft Hole ence limit
12 ence
seal guard
+ 0.046 – 0.150 0.150 – Replace
65 —
+ 0.046 – 0.200 0.246
Standard clearance Clearance limit
13 Play in axial direction of shaft
0.44 – 0.91 —
D275A-5R 9
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Guide Outline
2. Cap q The track roller are installed to small bogie (6).
3. Track roller assembly (double) The track rollers and track shoes are always in
4. Large bogie contact.
5. Rubber mount q The vibration of the machine from the ground
6. Small bogie surface is absorbed by rubber mount (5).
7. Track roller assembly
8. Cover
9. Cartridge pin
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Carrier roller 1
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of flange
232 —
Outside diameter of carrier roll-
2 200 175 Rebuild or
er tread
replace
3 Thickness of tread 40 27.5
4 Width of carrier roller tread 76.5 —
5 Width of flange 23 12
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
6 Replace bushing
support 0 + 0.35 0–
76 —
– 0.2 0 0.550
Tolerance Standard
Standard Interfer-
interfer-
Interference between shaft and size Shaft Hole ence limit
7 ence
seal guard
+ 0.210 + 0.030 0.120 – Replace
77 —
+ 0.150 0 0.210
Standard clearance Clearance limit
8 Play in axial direction of shaft
0 – 0.22 —
D275A-5R 13
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Track shoe 1
a Portion P shows the link on the side where the bushing is pressed fitted.
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit Reverse or
1 Link pitch
260.6 263.6 replace
2 Height of grouser 88 30 Lug welding
3 Thickness of plate 20 — rebuild or replace
4 Link height 166 148 Rebuild or
5 Thickness of link metal 51.7 33.7 replace
82 (Standard ground)
6 Bushing outside diameter 90.5
84.5 (Heavy duty ground)
8.6 (Standard ground)
7 Thickness of bushing metal 17.1
11.1 (Heavy duty ground)
Tolerance Standard
Standard Interfer-
interfer-
Interference between bushing size Shaft Hole ence limit Reverse or
8 ence
and link replace
+ 0.602 + 0.087 0.285 –
90 0.10
+ 0.372 + 0.087 0.602
Interference between pin and + 0.296 – 0.206 0.442 –
55.5 —
link (without wedge ring) + 0.236 – 0.280 0.576
9
Interference between pin and + 0.296 – 0.034 0.270 –
55.5 —
link (with wedge ring) + 0.236 – 0.096 0.392
Standard clearance Clearance limit
Clearance between link and
10 Each side Both sides Both sides
link
1.4 2.8 —
Tightening torque for regular Tightening torque Additional tightening Replace
11
bolt 784 ± 78 Nm {80 ± 8 kgm} 120° ± 10°
Tightening torque for master
12 490 ± 49 Nm {50 ± 5 kgm} 180° ± 10°
bolt
D275A-5R 15
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Main frame 1
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
1. Main frame
2. Cage
3. Clamp
4. Cover
5. Seal
6. Clamp
7. Cap
8. Plate
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between radiator size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
9 guard mounting pin and bush-
ing – 0.030 + 0.257 0.410 –
80 0 more than
– 0.076 + 0.170 0.555
Clearance between radiator
– 0.030 + 0.257 0.343 –
10 guard mounting pin and bush- 80 1.0
– 0.076 + 0.170 0.405
ing Replace
Clearance between ripper – 0.036 + 0.267 0.098 –
11 110 1.5
beam mount pin and bushing – 0.090 + 0.180 0.254
Clearance between ripper cyl- – 0.036 + 0.257 0.064 –
12 90 1.5
inder mounting pin and bushing – 0.090 + 0.170 0.256
Clearance between equalizer – 0.036 – 0.109 –
13 120 1.5
bar shaft and bushing – 0.090 – 0.260
Press-fitting force for radiator
14 6.08 – 138.3 kN {6.2 – 14.1 ton}
guard mount bushing
Press-fitting force for radiator
15 68.7 – 155.0 kN {7.0 – 15.8 ton}
guard mount bushing
Press-fitting force for ripper
16 69.7 – 37.3 kN {7.1 – 14.0 ton} Adjust
beam mount bushing
Press-fitting force for ripper cyl-
17 57.9 – 114.8 kN {5.9 – 11.7 ton}
inder mount bushing
Press-fitting force for equalizer
18 31.4 – 105.9 kN {2 – 13 ton}
bar shaft bushing
D275A-5R 17
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Suspension 1
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between center pin size Shaft Hole clearance limit
13
and bushing – 0.030 + 0.247 0.196 –
105 1.0
– 0.060 – 0.166 0.307
Clearance between side pin – 0.030 + 0.046 0.030 –
14 75 1.0 Replace bushing
and bushing – 0.060 + 0.046 0.106
Tolerance Standard Interfer-
Standard
interfer- ence
Interference between side pin size Shaft Hole
15 ence limit
boss and bushing
– 0.018 – 0.088 0.098 –
140 —
– 0.018 – 0.098 0.106
Press-fitting force for center pin
16 32.4 – 225.6 kN {3.3 – 23 ton}
bushing
—
Press-fitting force for side pin
17 34.3 – 68.7 kN {3.5 – 7.0 ton}
bushing
D275A-5R 19
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02168-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02168-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02168-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
22 D275A-5R
SEN02169-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Multi-shank ripper
1. Control valve
2. Divider block
3. Ripper tilt cylinder
4. Ripper lift cylinder
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
Giant ripper
q The diagram shows a machine equipped with a pin puller cylinder
D275A-5R 5
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
Outline
q The work equipment control employs a PPC
method which uses a PPC valve to move each
control valve spool.
q Work equipment lock lever (1) is intercon-
nected with PPC lock valve (7), and at the
LOCK position, the oil in the PPC circuit is
stopped.
D275A-5R 9
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Hydraulic tank 1
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
1. Piston pump
2. Control assembly
Specifications
Type: HPV95 (112 cm3/rev)
Theoretical displacement: 112 ±1 cm3/rev
Rated speed: 2,286 rpm
Max. cut-off pressure: 27.5 MPa {280 kg/cm2}
D275A-5R 13
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
1. Shaft 8. Piston
2. Case 9. Cylinder block
3. Cradle 10. Valve plate
4. Rocker cam 11. End cap
5. Shoe 12. Impeller
6. Servo piston 13. Spline
7. Lod
D275A-5R 15
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Control of delivery
q If swash plate angle (a) becomes larger, the
difference between volumes (E) and (F)
becomes larger, and pump delivery (Q) is
increased. Swash plate angle (a) is changed
by servo piston (6).
q Servo Piston (6) carries out reciprocal move-
ment in a straight line according to the com-
mand from the LS valve single pressure. This
straight line movement is transmitted to rocker
cam (4) through rod (7), and rocker cam (4),
which is supported on the cylindrical surface
by cradle (3) rotates on the cylindrical surface.
q The area receiving the pressure is different at
the left and right sides of servo piston (6), and
the receiving pressure at the small diameter
piston end is always connected with main
pump discharge pressure (self pressure) (PP).
q Output pressure (PNC) of the LS valve is
applied to the chamber receiving the pressure
at the large diameter piston end (which
receives pressure of the pump).
q The movement of servo piston (6) is controlled
by the relationship of the size of pump pres-
sure (PP) and the pressure at the large diame-
ter piston end, and the comparative size of the
ratio of area receiving the pressure at the large
diameter piston end and small diameter piston
end.
q The movement of the servo piston is controlled
by a valve called the LS valve. Main pump
pressure (PP) and pressure (PLS) (the LS
pressure) from the control valve outlet port
enter this valve.
q The relationship between pump delivery (Q)
and the difference in pressure ( P = PP -
PLS) (called the LS differential pressure)
between main pump pressure (PP) and LS
pressure (PLS) and is as shown in the diagram
on the right.
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
Control assembly
D275A-5R 19
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
1. Operation of LS valve
1) When the control valve is at HOLD position
Operation
q The LS valve is a 3-way selector valve, and
main pump pressure (PP) and pressure (PLS)
(LS pressure) from the outlet port of the control
valve are applied to (d) port and (a) port.
q Spool (4) of this LS valve is pushed by the
force of spring (3) from the end receiving the
LS pressure, and the position of the spool (4)
is determined by the LS pressure (PLS) +
spring force (F) and the size of main pump
pressure (PP).
q Main pump pressure (PP) always effects to
ports (d) and (e). LS pressure (PLS) enters
chamber (g) from port (a).
q Before the engine is started, servo piston (1) is
pushed to the right by spring (5) of rod (2).
(See the diagram on the right)
q After the engine is started, lf the control lever is
at "HOLD" position, the LS pressure (PLS) is 0
MPa {0kg/cm2}. (The circuit is connected to the
drain circuit through the passage inside the
control valve spool.)
q When this happens, spool (4) is pushed to the
left, and port (d) and port (c) are connected.
Pump pressure (PP) enters the large diameter
piston end from port(f), and the difference in
area of piston (1) to the left so that the swash
plate angle becomes minimum.
D275A-5R 21
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
24 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
D275A-5R 25
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
q In the variable throttle valve (6), main pump
pressure (PP) from LS valve (5) passes
through port (b) and enters port (f).
q When main pump pressure (PP) is high, if it is
greater than the force of spring (3) because of
the difference in area of the land portion diam-
eters at both ends of chamber (f), spool (4) is
moved to the left.
q If spool (4) moves to the left, the area of the
opening from port (a) to port (c) is throttled, so
the flow of oil entering the large diameter end
of servo piston (1) from port (d) is reduced and
the speed of movement of servo piston (1)
becomes slower.
26 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02169-00
Operation
q When main pressure (PP) is low, even if it
enters chamber (f) from port (b), the pressure
is low, so it does not become greater than the
force of spring (3), and spool (4) remains
pushed to the right.
q The area of the opening from port (a) to port (c)
becomes larger, so output pressure (PNC)
from the LS valve (5) is transmitted as it is.
D275A-5R 27
SEN02169-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02169-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
28 D275A-5R
SEN02170-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Control valve 1
Standard specification
Cautions for tightening bolts marked with *
Tighten the 3 bolts in the following 3 steps so that they will be tightened equally.
1st time: 58.8 ± 9.8 Nm {6 ± 1 kgm}
2nd time:137.3 ± 9.8 Nm {14 ± 1 kgm}
3rd time: 186.3 ± 9.8 Nm {19 ±1 kgm}
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit Replace
Free length
Installed Installed Installed
Spool return spring x Outside Free length
9 length load load
(only for blade lift) diameter
209.37N 167.50N
76.3 x 30 68.5 —
{21.35kg} {17.08kg}
140.1N 111.7N
10 Spool return spring 51.7 x 31.3 50 —
{14.3kg} {11.4kg} If damaged or
Spool return spring 216.6N 173.5N deformed,
11 54.7 x 36.5 32.5 —
(for blade lift FLOAT) {22.1kg} {17.7kg} replace spring
12.7N 9.8N
12 Load check valve spring 20.8 x 10.2 13.5 —
{1.3kg} {1.0kg}
Pressure compensation valve 562N 449N
13 108.3 x 29.5 81 —
spring {57.3kg} {45.8kg}
192.4N 154N
14 Unload spring 86.7 x 30 66 —
{19.63kg} {15.7kg}
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit Replace
Free length
Installed Installed Installed
x Outside Free length
7 Suction valve spring length load load
diameter
6.37N 5.1N If damaged or
64.9 x 12.5 56 —
{0.65kg} {0.52kg} deformed,
14.7N 11.8N replace spring
8 Check valve spring in spool 27.9 x 6.5 22.5 —
{1.5kg} {1.2kg}
0.29N 0.20N
9 Check valve spring in spool 9.4 x 4.6 8.5 —
{0.03kg} {0.02kg}
D275A-5R 5
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Suction valve
2. Preset check valve
3. LS bypass valve
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length
Installed Installed Installed If damaged or
x Outside Free length
4 Suction valve spring length load load deformed,
diameter
replace spring
5.49N 4.4N
46.8 x 7.5 40.6 —
{0.56kg} {0.45kg}
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q When the main spool is at the HOLD position,
it drains the excess oil discharged by the
pump, and prevents the pressure from being
formed in the circuit from rising.
Operation
1. At hold (Operation of unload valve)
(1) When the main spool is at the HOLD posi- (3) When (FO) becomes larger than set load
tion, the pump pressure passes from (FS) of spring (2), the spool moves to the
chamber (A) through oriffice (4) to cham- right and connects the passage between
ber (D). Chambers (C) and (C') are con- chamber (A) and chamber (B), so the oil
nected to the drain circuit. from the pump is drained. Therefore,
(2) When oil is supplied from the pump, the spool (1) is balanced at a position that
pressure in chamber (D) rises, and spool matches the supply of oil from the pump.
(1) is pushed to the right by pressure (FO) Actually, the amount of oil supplied from
which is determined by the cross-sectional the pump is small, so the pressure in the
area of piston (3) receiving the pressure. circuit is almost the same as the set load
of spring (2).
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
When the spool is at the HOLD position, the compensation valve, so it pushes against the
pump pressure is sent from chamber (A) load of spring (4) and moves to the right to the
through the notch in spool (3) of the pressure maximum stroke position. In this condition, the
compensation valve, and passes through area of the opening to spool (1) of the blade tilt
chamber (B) to chamber (C). Chamber (G) is valve is at its minimum.
drained through chamber (H) to chamber (F).
When this happens, the pump pressure is act-
ing on the left end of spool (3) of the pressure
D275A-5R 13
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
[1] When the tilt lever is operated to right tilt, pilot q PLS = differential pressure between ports
pressure (PB1) acts on the right end of spool (K) and (J) = 1.96 MPa {20kg/cm2}
(1) through the PPC valve, and when the pres- q PLS' = differential pressure between ports
sure becomes greater than the set load of (I) and (D)
spring (2), the spool starts to move to the left. It q PLS C PLS'
is balanced at a position corresponding to PPC
output pressure (PB1).
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3) Meter-out control when blade moves down under its own weight (work equipment lever at LOWER)
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4) Meter-out control when blade moves down under its own weight (work equipment lever at FLOAT)
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3. At relief
(1) Blade lift, blade tilt, ripper lift, ripper tilt
a The diagram shows the condition at relief for work equipment LS relief valve (5) with blade tilt stroke
end.
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
24 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 25
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
26 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 27
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
28 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
T: To hydraulic tank
P1: From cooling fan pump
P2: To cooling fan motor
PR: Supply to PPC valve and EPC valve
D275A-5R 29
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Spring Free length Installed Installed Free length Installed
11 x O.D. length load load
(pressure reduction main)
19.6 17.7 N Replace
19.2 x 7.20 16.1 {2.0 kg} – {1.80 kg} spring if any
damages or
Spring 28 N 25.6 N deforma-
12 (pressure reduction valve pilot) 17.8 x 7.20 12.7 {2.90 kg} – {2.60 kg} tions are
200 N 186 N found
13 Spring 71.0 x 18.0 59.0 –
{20.4 kg} {19.0 kg}
61.7 N 58.8 N
14 Spring (safety valve) 16.1 x 7.80 13.4 {6.30 kg} – {6.0 kg}
Function
The self pressure reducing valves reduces the dis-
charge pressure of the cooling fan pump and sup-
plies it to the PPC valve, the EPC valve, etc. as the
control pressure.
D275A-5R 31
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
1. At engine stop (total low pressure)
32 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
2. When the load pressure P2 is lower than the output pressure PR of the self pressure reducing
valve.
q The spring (3) and the (PR) pressure (0 MPa q Therefore, there will occur a differential pres-
{0 kg/cm2} at the time of engine stop) pushes sure around the hold a in the spool (8) and the
the valve (2) in the direction to close the circuit spool will move in the direction to close the
between the ports (P1) and (P2). When the port (P1) and the (PR) opening. Then, the (P1)
hydraulic oil enters the (P1) port, the expres- pressure is reduced and adjusted to a certain
sion ((P1) pressure Spring (7) force + (ø(d) pressure (set pressure) with the opening and is
area x (PR) pressure)) holds, and the self pres- supplied as the (PR) pressure.
sure reducing valve will adjust the openings of
the ports (P1) and (P2) so that the (P1) pres-
sure can be maintained higher than the (PR)
pressure.
q When the (PR) pressure rises above the set
pressure, the poppet (5) will open and the
hydraulic oil flows through the route from the
(PR) port, the hole a in the spool (8), the pop-
pet (5) opening to the tank port (T).
D275A-5R 33
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q When the load pressure (P2) rises due to dig- q When the (PR) pressure rises above the set
ging or other operations, the pump delivery will pressure, the poppet (5) will open and the
increase and the (P1) pressure will rise. hydraulic oil will flow through the route from the
Then, the expression ((P1) pressure > Spring (PR) port, the hole (a) in the spool (8), the pop-
(7) force + ( (d) area x (PR) pressure)) will pet (5) opening to the tank port (T).
hold, and the valve (2) will move to the right q Therefore, there will occur a differential pres-
side till the stroke end. As a result, the open- sure around the hold (a) in the spool (8) and
ing between the ports (P1) and (P2) will the spool will move in the direction to close the
increase, the passage resistance will become port (P1) and the (PR) opening. Then, the (P1)
smaller to reduce engine loss horsepower. pressure is reduced and adjusted to a certain
pressure (set pressure) with the opening and is
supplied as the (PR) pressure.
34 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02170-00
D275A-5R 35
SEN02170-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02170-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
36 D275A-5R
SEN02171-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
PPC valve 1
1. Blade PPC valve
P: From self pressure reducing valve P3: To blade tilt valve (LEFT TILT) PPC port
P1: To blade lift valve (LOWER) PPC port P4: To blade tilt valve (RIGHT TILT) PPC port
P2: To blade lift valve (RAISE) PPC port T: To hydraulic tank
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
1. Spool 7. Joint
2. Metering spring 8. Plate
3. Centering spring 9. Retainer
4. Piston 10. Body
5. Disc 11. Filter
6. Nut (For connecting lever)
D275A-5R 3
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length
Installed Installed Installed
Centering spring x Outside Free length
12 length load load
(For port P1) diameter
94 N 75.2 N
34.0 x 15.5 31.9 —
{9.6 kg} {7.68 kg}
Centering spring 78.5 N 62.8 N If spring is
13 43.2 x 15.5 34.0 —
(For port P2) {8 kg} {6.4 kg} damaged or
Centering spring 107.9 N 86.3 N deformed,
14 48.57 x 15.5 32.5 — replace it
(For ports P3 and P4) {11 kg} {8.8 kg}
Metering spring 16.7 N 13.3 N
15 29.27 x 8.15 25.4 —
(For port P1) {1.70 kg} {1.36 kg}
Metering spring 16.7 N 13.3 N
16 26.3 x 8.15 24.1 —
(For port P2) {1.70 kg} {1.36 kg}
Metering spring 16.7 N 13.3 N
17 26.53 x 8.15 24.9 —
(For ports P3 and P4) {1.70 kg} {1.36 kg}
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
Operation
1) When in neutral
(1) For lifting blade (2) For tilting blade
q Ports (A) and (B) of the blade lift valve of the- q Ports (C) and (D) of the blade tilt valve of the
control valve and ports (P1) and (P2) of control valve and ports (P3) and (P4) of the
thePPC valve are connected through fine con- PPC valve are connected through fine control
trol hole (f) of spool (1) to drain chamber (D). hole (f) of spool (1) to drain chamber (D).
D275A-5R 5
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length Free Installed
Installed Installed
Centering spring x Outside
12 length load length load
(For ports P3 and P4) diameter
If spring is
55.9 N 44.7 N damaged or
50.4 x 15.5 34.0 —
{5.7 kg} {4.56 kg} deformed,
replace it
Centering spring 71.4 N 56.9 N
13 50.1 x 15.5 34.0 —
(For ports P1 and P2) {7.28 kg} {5.8 kg}
16.7 N 13.3 N
14 Metering spring 26.5 x 8.20 24.9 —
{1.70 kg} {1.36 kg}
D275A-5R 11
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
PCCS lever 1
Travel and steering PCCS lever
a Do not disassemble the PCCS lever. If it is disassembled, the output voltage characteristics and operat-
ing effort characteristics will need to be adjusted.
1. Bellows 5. Screw
2. Bracket 6. Lever
3. Plate 7. Connector
4. Bolt
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
Function
1. Operating effort characteristics
1) Operation for forward and reverse travel 2) Operation for steering
q The control lever is held at 3 positions of For- q Free return.
ward, Neutral, and Reverse.
D275A-5R 15
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
1. Lever
2. End cap
3. Ball
4. Seat
5. Body
Outline
q The PPC lock valve is installed in the PPC cir-
cuit between the PPC, HSS charge valve and
PPC valve. If the work equipment lock lever is
placed at the LOCK position, the PPC lock
valve is actuated together with the work equip-
ment lock lever. This stops the oil in the PPC
circuit and makes it impossible to operate the
work equipment.
D275A-5R 17
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
size Shaft Hole clearance limit
– 0.030 + 0.258 0.078 –
Blade lift 80 0.745
– 0.076 + 0.048 0.334
Clearance between
1 piston rod and bush- Blade tilt – 0.036 + 0.257 0.084 –
100 0.693
ing – 0.090 + 0.047 0.347
– 0.036 + 0.257 0.084 –
Ripper lift 100 0.693
– 0.090 + 0.047 0.347
– 0.036 + 0.257 0.084 –
Ripper tilt 90 0.693
– 0.090 + 0.047 0.347
Clearance between
piston rod spherical 100 + 0.300
2 Blade lift — — 1.0
surface and blade (Ball) 0
ball portion
+ 0.207 Replace
Blade lift 90 — — 1.0
+ 0.120
Clearance between
+ 0.200
3 piston rod spherical Blade tilt 70 — — 1.0
0
shaft and bushing
+ 0.207
Ripper lift 90 — — 1.0
+ 0.120
Clearance between
cylinder support – 0.120 + 0.035 0.120 –
4 Blade lift 95 1.0
shaft bushing and – 0.207 0 0.242
yoke
+ 0.174
Blade tilt 70 — — 2.0
Clearance between + 0.100
cylinder bottom sup- + 0.207
5 Ripper lift 90 — — 1.0
port shaft and bush- + 0.120
ing + 0.207
Ripper tilt 90 — — 1.0
+ 0.120
Thickness of stan-
dard shim between
6 Blade lift 4.0 Adjust
tip of piston rod and
cap
D275A-5R 19
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
size Shaft Hole clearance limit
Clearance between
1 piston rod and bush- Dual tilt – 0.036 + 0.257 0.084 –
100 0.693
ing – 0.090 + 0.047 0.347
– 0.065 + 0.133 0.072 –
Pin puller 30 0.55
– 0.117 + 0.007 0.250
Clearance between piston rod + 0.200
2 70 — — 1.0
support shaft and bushing 0 Replace
Clearance between piston rod – 0.100
3 29 — — —
spherical surface and bushing – 0.200
Clearance between cylinder
+ 0.174
4 bottom support shaft and bush- 70 — — 2.0
+ 0.100
ing
Clearance between cylinder
+ 0.100
5 bottom support shaft and bush- 26 — — —
– 0.100
ing
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
Piston valve 1
For blade lift cylinder
Outline
q The piston valve is installed on the piston in
the blade lift cylinder. When the piston reaches
its stroke end, the valve releases the oil from
the hydraulic pump to reduce the oil pressure
being exerted on the piston.
When the blade is tilted, the blade is subject to
a tortional force owing to the uneven position
of the pistons in the two cylinders; that is the
piston one side is still moving while the piston
on the other side has reached its stroke end.
The piston valves are installed to prevent the
tortional force from occurring. When one of the
pistons reaches its stroke end, its piston valve
opens to relieve the oil pressure.
In addition the piston valve relieves the shock
which occurs when the piston comes into con-
tact with the cylinder head or the bottom and
serves to redure the subsequent surge pres-
sure in the cylinder by letting the oil escape
from the cylinder before the piston reaches its
stroke end.
Operation
1. Piston valve CLOSED
Pressurized oil from the hydraulic pump acts
on piston (2) and piston valve (3).
The piston valve (3) is pushed in the direction
of the arrow until piston valve seat (4) comes
into snug contact with the tapered section,
thereby, this causing the pressure in the cylin-
der to rise and moving piston (2) in the direc-
tion of the arrow.
D275A-5R 21
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
size Shaft Hole clearance limit
Clearance between spool and
1
valve body – 0.011 + 0.010 0.011 –
38.0 0.03
– 0.016 + 0.010 0.026
Replace
Standard size Repair limit
Installed Installed Installed
Free length Free length
2 Valve spring length load load
136.3 N 122.6 N
75.2 55.9 67.7
{13.9 kg} {12.5 kg}
22 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
1. Connector
2. Wire
3. Switch
4. Knob
Function
q The pin puller solenoid valve is controlled by
turning the pin puller switch ON/OFF. This
changes the oil circuit to the pin puller cylinder
and sets the shank mounting pin to the PUSH
IN or PULL OUT position.
D275A-5R 23
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
24 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
Operation
1. Pin puller switch at PUSH IN position
When the pin puller switch is set to the PUSH
IN position, no electric current flows to sole-
noid (9) and it is deenergized.
Then, ports (P) and (A) and ports (B) and (P) of
spool (5) open, and the oil from the power train
pump flows from port (P) to port (A), and
enters the bottom end of pin puller cylinder
(10).
When the oil enters the bottom end of the cyl-
inder and the pressure in the circuit starts to
rise, the cylinder extends and pushes shank
mounting pin (11) into shank (12).
D275A-5R 25
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Switch (dual-single selector switch) q If switch (2) is pressed and the lever is oper-
2. Switch (pitch) ated, the blade is pitched. If the lever is tilted
3. Cover to the left, the blade is pitched back. If the
4. Connector (male) former is tilted to the right, the latter is pitched
5. Connector (femele) forward.
q If switch (1) is set to the DUAL position and the
Outline lever is operated, blade carries out dual tilt
q If the blade control knob is tilted forward, back- operation. If the lever is tilted to the left, the
ward, to the right, or to the left, the blade is blade carries out left dual tilt operation. If the
raised, lowered, tilted to the right, or tilted to lever is tilted to the right, the blade carries out
the left. If switch (1) is set to the DUAL posi- right dual tilt operation.
tion and the lever is tilted to the right or left, q If switch (1) is set in either DUAL or SINGLE
dual tilt operation is carried out. If the lever is position and the lever is tilted to the right or left
tilted to the right or left while (2) is pressed and while switch (2) is pressed and held, the blade
held, pitching operation is carried out. is pitched.
26 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
P3 PA1
P3 P4
PB2 PA1
PB1 P4
1. Connector Outline
2. Solenoid (b) q The pitch switch solenoid valve is located
3. Valve between the PPC valve and the blade valve,
4. Solenoid (a) and at the downstream of the pitch tilt switch
5. Manual push pin solenoid valve, and its function is to switch the
PPC pilot pressure.
P3: To PPC valve port, hydraulic tank q By operating the pitch back switch or the pitch
P4: To PPC valve port, control valve P3 port dump switch of the blade control lever, the pilot
PB1:To control valve port pressure can be delivered to the left pitch cylin-
PA1: To control valve port der and the right pitch cylinder, and it enables
to switch from the tilt to the pitch.
q In addition, the pitch solenoid valve is operated
by the controller.
D275A-5R 27
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Accumulator 1
For PPC valve Function
q The accumulator is installed between the PPC
charge pump and the PPC valve. Even if the
engine is stopped with the work equipment still
raised, the pressure of the nitrogen gas com-
pressed inside the accumulator sends the pilot
pressure to the main control valve to actuate it
and enable the work equipment to move down
under its own weight.
Operation
q After the engine is stopped, when the PPC
valve is at neutral, chamber (A) inside the blad-
der is compressed by the oil pressure in cham-
ber (B).
q When the PPC valve is operated, the oil pres-
sure in chamber (B) goes below 2.9 MPa {30
kg/cm2}, and the pressure of the nitrogen gas in
chamber (A) expands the bladder, so the oil in
chamber (B) acts as the pilot pressure and
actuates the main control valve.
1. Glass plug
2. Shell
3. Poppet
4. Holder
5. Bladder
6. Oil port
Specificetions:
Type of gas: Nitrogen
Gas volume: 300 cc
Max. actuation pressure: 3.1 MPa {32 kg/cm2}
Max. actuation pressure: 1.2 MPa {12 kg/cm2}
28 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02171-00
D275A-5R 29
SEN02171-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02171-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
30 D275A-5R
SEN02172-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02172-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Cylinder stay 1
1. Yoke 4. Bushing
2. Oil seal 5. Air breather plug
3. Bushing
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between cylinder size Shaft Hole clearance limit
6
yoke and bushing – 0.172 + 0.088 0.218 –
140 —
– 0.235 + 0.046 0.323
Replace
Clearance between cylinder – 0.160 + 0.075 0.199 –
7 105 —
yoke and bushing – 0.214 + 0.039 0.289
Clearance between lift cylin- – 0.120 + 0.035 0.120 –
8 95 0.5
der support shaft and bushing – 0.207 + 0.046 0.242
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02172-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02172-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Blade 1
Semi U-dozer, U-dozer
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02172-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between brace pin size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and brace
– 0.3 + 0.5
ø 70 0.6 – 1.0 2
– 0.5 + 0.3
Clearance between brace pin – 0.3 + 0.3
2 ø 70 0.4 – 0.8 2
and bracket – 0.5 + 0.1 Replace
Clearance between brace pin – 0.3 + 0.3
3 and bracket ø 70 0.3 – 0.8 2
– 0.5 + 0.1
Clearance between brace pin – 0.3 + 0.2
4 ø 70 0.3 – 0.7 2
and brace – 0.5 + 0.1
Clearance for spherical part of
5 brace end bushing ø 130 — — 0.3 – 0.4 1
Clearance between center
brace spherical surface and – 0.2 + 0.3
6 ø 130 0.2 – 0.6 1
cap – 0.3 0
Adjust shim or
Clearance between center replace
brace spherical surface and – 0.2 + 0.3
7 ø 130 0.2 – 0.6 1
– 0.3 0
cap
Clearance between joint and – 0.2 + 0.5
8 blade bracket 120 0.5 – 1.2 2
– 0.7 + 0.3
Clearance between joint and – 0.3 + 0.3
9 ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
blade bracket pin – 0.5 0
Clearance between blade – 0.3 + 0.3
10 bracket pin and blade bracket ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
– 0.5 0
Clearance between joint and – 0.2 + 0.5
11 frame bracket 120 0.5 – 1.2 2
– 0.7 + 0.3
Clearance between joint and – 0.3 + 0.3
12 ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
frame pin – 0.5 0
Replace
Clearance between frame pin – 0.3 + 0.3
13 and frame bracket ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
– 0.5 0
Clearance between center link – 0.2 + 0.5
14 and blade bracket 400 0.2 – 0.9 2
– 0.4 0
Clearance between center link – 0.036 + 0.5
15 ø 115 0.236 – 0.59 2
pin and center link – 0.090 + 0.2
Clearance between center link – 0.036 + 0.5
16 pin and blade bracket ø 115 0.236 – 0.59 2
– 0.090 + 0.2
Clearance between trunnion – 0.5 + 1.0
17 and cap spherical surface ø 195 0.5 – 2.0 8
– 1.0 0
D275A-5R 5
SEN02172-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sigma-dozer
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02172-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between brace pin size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and brace – 0.3 + 0.5
ø 70 0.6 – 1.0 2
– 0.5 + 0.3
Clearance between brace pin – 0.3 + 0.3
2 ø 70 0.4 – 0.8 2
and bracket – 0.5 + 0.1
Replace
Clearance between brace pin – 0.3 + 0.3
3 ø 70 0.3 – 0.8 2
and bracket – 0.5 + 0.1
Clearance between brace pin – 0.3 + 0.2
4 ø 70 0.3 – 0.7 2
and brace – 0.5 + 0.1
Clearance for spherical part of
5 ø 130 — — 0.3 – 0.4 1
brace end bushing
Clearance between center
– 0.2 + 0.3 Adjust shim or
6 brace spherical surface and ø 200 0.2 – 0.6 1
– 0.3 0 replace
cap
Clearance between center – 0.3 + 0.3
7 ø 105 0.4 – 0.8 2
brace pin and frame bracket – 0.5 + 0.1
Clearance between center – 0.3 + 0.5
8 ø 105 0.6 – 1.0 2
brace pin and center brace – 0.5 + 0.3
Clearance between joint and – 0.2 + 0.5
9 120 0.5 – 1.2 2
blade bracket – 0.7 + 0.3
Clearance between joint and – 0.3 + 0.3
10 ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
blade bracket pin – 0.5 0
Clearance between blade – 0.3 + 0.3
11 ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
bracket pin and blade bracket – 0.5 0
Clearance between joint and – 0.2 + 0.5 Replace
12 120 0.5 – 1.2 2
frame bracket – 0.7 + 0.3
Clearance between joint and – 0.3 + 0.3
13 ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
frame pin – 0.5 0
Clearance between frame pin – 0.3 + 0.3
14 ø 60 0.3 – 0.8 3
and frame bracket – 0.5 0
Clearance between left hand
– 0.5 + 1.0
15 trunnion and cap spherical ø 195 0.5 – 2.0 8
– 1.0 0
surface
Clearance between right hand
– 0.5 + 1.0
16 trunnion and cap spherical ø 225 0.5 – 2.0 8
– 1.0 0
surface
D275A-5R 7
SEN02172-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Height of outside of end bit
415
Replace
2 Width of end bit 662
Just before blade is worn
3 Height of inside of end bit 330
4 Height of cutting edge 330 Turn or replace
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02172-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Height of cutting edge (Long)
406 Turn or replace
2 Height of cutting edge (Short) 406
3 Height of inside 374 Just before blade is worn
4 End bit Width 698 Replace
5 Height of outside 400
D275A-5R 9
SEN02172-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Ripper 1
Variable multiple shank ripper
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02172-01
Giant ripper
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between bushing size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and bracket and arm mount pin – 0.036 + 0.207 0.156 –
110 1.5
– 0.090 + 0.120 0.297
Clearance between bushing – 0.036 + 0.207 0.156 –
2 120 1.5
and beam and arm mount pin – 0.090 + 0.120 0.297
Clearance between cylinder – 0.036 + 0.207 0.156 –
3 90 1.5
mount pin and bushing – 0.090 + 0.120 0.297
Replace
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Clearance between shank and
4
mount pin 82 ± 0.3 —
D275A-5R 11
SEN02172-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02172-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-08 (02)
12 D275A-5R
SEN02173-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02173-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Cab mount 1
1. Support Outline
2. Damper mount (front) q Viscous mounts are installed at two places at
3. Damper mount (rear) the front and two places at the rear to secure
the floor frame and cab.
q An oil-filled damper mount is used to absorb
the vibration.
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02173-00
Cab 1
Cab assembly
1. Front wiper
2. Front glass
3. Rear wiper
4. Door
D275A-5R 3
SEN02173-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ROPS guard
1. ROPS guard
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02173-00
Air conditioner 1
Air conditioner piping
D275A-5R 5
SEN02173-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02173-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
6 D275A-5R
SEN02174-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
System diagram
Note
The design of the machine monitor differs a machine.
For details, see section "Machine monitor".
D275A-5R 3
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine controller
4 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
CN-CE01 CN-CE02
Pin No. Signal name Input/ Pin No. Signal name Input/
output output
30 Fuel temperature sensor D 17 NC(*) B
31 NC(*) — 18 NC(*) B
32 NC(*) — 19 NC(*) B
33 5 V electric power supply for sensor A 20 NC(*) E
34 NC(*) — 21 NC(*) A
35 NC(*) — 22 5V electric power supply for sensor A
36 NC(*) — 23 GND C
37 5 V electric power supply for sensor A 24 NC(*) B
38 GND C 25 NC(*) B
39 NC(*) — 26 NC(*) B
40 NC(*) — 27 NC(*) B
41 NC(*) — 28 NC(*) B
42 NC(*) — 29 NC(*) C
43 NC(*) — 30 NC(*) B
44 Boost pressure sensor D 31 NC(*) B
45 Injector #1 (+) B 32 NC(*) C
46 Injector #5 (+) B 33 GND C
47 Sensor GND C 34 NC(*) C
48 Ne sensor (–) C 35 NC(*) B
49 NC(*) — 36 NC(*) B
50 NC(*) — 37 CAN shield C
51 Injector #2 (–) C 38 NC(*) D
52 Injector #3 (–) C 39 Key switch (ACC) B
53 Injector #1 (–) C 40 Electrical intake air heater relay drive D
54 Injector #2 (+) B 41 NC(*) D
55 Injector #3 (+) B 42 Electrical intake air heater relay return C
56 Injector #4 (+) B 43 NC(*) D
57 Injector #6 (+) B 44 NC(*) D
58 Injector #4 (–) C 45 NC(*) —
59 Injector #6 (–) C 46 CAN(+) E
60 Injector #5 (–) C 47 CAN(–) E
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will 48 NC(*) D
occur. PWM OUTPUT
49 D
(Power train relay output)
CN-CE02 50 NC(*) D
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
Pin No. Signal name Input/
output occur.
1 NC(*) B
2 NC(*) B CN-CE03
3 NC(*) B Input/
Pin No. Signal name
4 NC(*) B output
5 NC(*) B 1 GND C
6 NC(*) B 2 NC(*) C
7 NC(*) B Electric power supply
3 A
8 NC(*) B (+24V constantly)
9 Decelerator signal B 4 NC(*) A
10 NC(*) E *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
11 NC(*) B occur.
12 NC(*) B
13 NC(*) B
14 NC(*) B
15 NC(*) B
16 NC(*) B
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur.
D275A-5R 5
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 9
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Deceleration potentiometer
1. Connector Outline
2. Lever q The deceleration potentiometer is installed to
3. Body the front lower part of the operator's cab and
4. Potentiometer connected to the decelerator pedal by linkage.
5. Coupling
6. Shaft q If the decelerator pedal is pressed, the throttle
7. Stopper potentiometer shaft rotates by the linkage and
the potentiometer resistance changes.
Constant voltage is applied between pins A
and C of the potentiometer and an electric sig-
nal is sent through pin B to the steering con-
troller according to the position of the
decelerator pedal.
10 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Monitor system 1
Note
The design of the machine monitor differs a machine.
For details, see section "Machine monitor".
14 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Other items
Contents and conditions of processing Method Flow of signals
1) Function selection mode (Displayed each time cancel
switch is turned to left)
(1) Replacement periods of oil filter and oil are dis-
played.
(2) Engine speed, oil pressure in work equipment cir-
cuit, etc. are displayed.
(3) Failure codes related to electronic control are dis
played.
— —
(4) Brightness of display, etc. are adjusted.
2) Mode to change replacement periods of maintenance
mode
3) Mode to display failure codes related to machine body
such as overheating, abnormal coolant temperature,
etc.
4) Mode to display service meter and information related
to load on machine
D275A-5R 15
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor 1
Monitor portion
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
Note
Mode selection switches portion (21) are displayed on only the machines having optional functions such as
the Shoe slip control (SSC).
For the display, see "Mode selection switches portion" and "Mode selection system".
16 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Note
Mode selection switches portion (22) are displayed on only the machines having optional functions such as
the Shoe slip control (SSC).
For the display, see "Mode selection switches portion" and "Mode selection system".
D275A-5R 17
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Cautions
If the machine has any trouble, the caution
lamp corresponding to the trouble part in the
monitor section blinks or lights and the alarm
buzzer sounds as required.
The caution items (types of the caution lamps),
caution lamps corresponding to the caution
items, and operation of the alarm buzzer are
shown in the "List of display of cautions and
indicators" which will appear later.
All the items, except the items of indication cat-
egory "Check before starting" in "List of display
of cautions and indicators" shown later, are
monitored while the engine is running, from the
start to the stop of the engine.
18 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 21
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Display
Symbol Indicated item Indication range Indication method
category
Displayed when abnormality occurs
After replacement period while engine is running.
Maintenance
of filter or oil When normal: OFF
When abnormal: ON
Blinking: Blinks if caution having * in in-
Cautions
D275A-5R 23
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
24 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Display
Symbol Indicated item Indication range Indication method
category
Displayed when abnormality occurs
After replacement period while engine is running.
Maintenance
of filter or oil When normal: OFF
When abnormal: ON
Blinking: Blinks if caution having * in in-
Cautions
when returned.
ON: Turned ON when fan rotation se-
lector switch is turned to CLN position.
When cooling fan rota-
OFF: Turned OFF when fan rotation se-
Radiator fan operation tion direction is in re-
lector switch is operated again while
verse rotation mode
this lamp is ON (At this time, cooling fan
rotation direction is set in forward rota-
tion mode).
D275A-5R 25
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Corresponding segment
(1 place) is turned ON.
Fuel level
26 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Fuel level
Engine speed
D275A-5R 27
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2) Special display
(Service mode display)
Selected service mode symbol
when display section B is changed q For details of selection of normal dis-
to special display play and special display, see "30 Test-
ing and adjusting" of this manual.
28 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Display
Form and position Indicated item Indication method
section
4) Special display 4) Example of special display
(Service mode display)
Machine information necessary to
service is displayed by special se-
lecting operation.
Display section B (Continued)
D275A-5R 29
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Note
The switch operations of the 2 "Serial No." group
machine monitors are the same.
30 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
1. Switch functions
a) Economy mode setting - OFF, mode 1, mode 2
b) ON-OFF switching in reverse slow mode
c) ON-OFF switching in SSC mode
d) SSC mode level setting - Mode 1 to 5
3. Operation
For the operation, see "Mode selection sys-
tem".
D275A-5R 31
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Note Outline
q This system is applied to the machines added q The mode selection system automatically car-
with the SSC and the optional functions related ries out engine control to match the operating
to it. mode selected by the operator, and acts to
q The design of the machine monitor differs a reduce fuel consumption, extend the life of the
machine. track shoes, and reduce the frequency of oper-
For details, see section "Machine monitor". ation of the deceleration.
q The engine control modes consist of the econ-
omy mode control used when dozing, the SSC
(shoe ship control) used when ripping, and the
reverse slow mode control, which can be used
for either operation.
32 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Mode Simulta-
Work neous Mode work condition Mode operation, characteristic
switch selection
1. When F1 is shifted with the economy 1. When the economy mode ([1] or [2]) and SSC
mode switch [1] or [2] ON are set simultaneously, the F1 shift economy
control is performed. When the ripper lever is
actuated and the switch is turned on, the slip
control is performed.
Economy
Dozing
engine.
Q 2. Target travel speed at reverse time
R1
R2 70% at full operation
R3
The following conditions are satisfied: 1. At start, to prevent rashing out, the modulating
[1] When F1 is shifted. valve is actuated. At this time, the steering
[2] After the ripper down, ripper tilt levers are controller performs index characteristic down
actuated and the switch is set to ON of about 40% and performs the engine outpuut
control if a ripper down signal is input.
2. The seering controller performs the engine
output control in accordance with the index
SSC (Shoe Slip Control)
a When the above mode is set, the throttle lever and decelerator operations are enabled. In that case, the
engine output control is performed in accordance with the command having the smallest value among
the control command, throttle command, and decelerator command.
a Circles in the simultaneous selection column indicate the modes that can be selected simultaneously.
34 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Electrical equipment 1
Operation of lamp system
36 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Preheat circuit
D275A-5R 37
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Note
q The design of the machine monitor differs a
machine.
For details, see section "Machine monitor".
38 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
2. How to use
Manual mode Turn auto-shift-down switch (1) ON.
Shift mode 1
Shift mode 2
4. Display
The selected shift mode is displayed on the
Multi-information.
The Multi-information, see section "Machine
monitor".
D275A-5R 39
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sensors 1
Type of sensor Sensor method When normal When abnormal
Torque converter
Resistance – –
oil temperature
1. Thermistor 4. Tube
2. Body 5. Wire
3. Tube 6. Connector
40 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
1. Float 4. Wire
2. Sensor 5. Connector
3. Tube
1. Connector Function
2. Float q The fuel sensor is installed to the side face of
3. Arm the fuel tank. The float moves up and down
4. Body according go to the fuel level. This movement
5. Spring of the float is transmitted by the arm and actu-
6. Contact ates a variable resistance. This sends a signal
7. Spacer to the monitor panel to indicate the remaining
fuel level. When the display on the monitor
panel reaches a certain level, a warning lamp
flashes.
D275A-5R 41
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Magnet
2. Terminal
3. Case
4. Boots
5. Connector
1. Body
2. Tube
3. Wire
4. Connector
42 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
Acceleration sensor
1. Sensor portion
2. Wire
3. Connector
Outline
q The acceleration sensor is installed under the
front of the operator's cab.
q With the acceleration sensor, the position of
the ball inside the sensor changes according to
the acceleration.
q Inside the sensor, there is a coil that detects
the position of the ball. This is amplified by the
amp and is sent as a voltage change to the
steering controller.
q The input and output characteristics of the sen-
sor are shown in the diagram on the right.
D275A-5R 43
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline
q The KOMTRAX terminal system consists of the
KOMTRAX terminal, communication antenna,
GPS antenna, etc. and the KOMTRAX terminal
is connected to the machine network.
q The KOMTRAX terminal can transmit the posi-
tion information and operating condition of the
machine wirelessly for the ease of remote
machine management.
q It is required to sign up the KOMTRAX terminal
system before using its functions.
For details, including the sign-up test, see "30
Testing and adjusting, Part 4" of this manual.
q Information transmittable from the KOMTRAX
terminal system includes the following and oth-
ers.
1. Operation map
2. Service meter
3. Position information
4. Error history
44 D275A-5R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02174-01
KOMTRAX terminal
D275A-5R 45
SEN02174-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02174-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-08 (02)
46 D275A-5R
SEN02751-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02751-01 20 Standard value table
sure 40 – 60°C
Engine speed rpm 200 – 250 200 – 250
• Engine coolant temperature:
Within operating range
kPa Max. 2.94 3.92
Blow-by pressure • Power train oil temperature:
{mmH2O} {Max. 300} {400}
Within operating range
• Torque converter: Stalled
• SAE0W30EOS,
MPa Min. 0.34 0.21
SAE5W40EOS, High idle
{kg/cm2} {Min. 3.5} {2.1}
SAE10W30DH,
Engine oil pressure SAE15W40DH
SAE30DH Oil MPa Min. 0.10 0.08
• Engine oil temperature: Low idle {kg/cm2} {Min. 1.0} {0.8}
Min. 80 °C
Oil temperature Whole speed range (In oil pan) °C 90 – 110 120
• Between water pump pulley – alternator
Alternator belt ten- pulley
mm 13 – 16 13 – 16
sion • Deflection under finger pressure of 98 N
{10 kg}
• Between compressor pulley – fan pulley
Air compressor belt
• Deflection under finger pressure of 59 N mm Approx. 10 Approx. 10
tension
{6 kg}
2 D275A-5R
20 Standard value table SEN02751-01
30 ± 10 30 ± 10
• Stop engine. Reverse
mm
• Operation of lever knob 40 ± 10 40 ± 10
Neutral o Left
(Play: Max. 3) (Play: Max. 3)
Steering
Neutral o 40 ± 10 40 ± 10
Right (Play: Max. 3) (Play: Max. 3)
Stroke of control lever/pedal
• Stop engine.
Decelerator pedal mm 47 ± 5 47 ± 5
• Pressing pedal
All stroke 75 ± 8 75 ± 8
• Engine: Low idle
Brake pedal Stroke to 0 of mm
• Pressing pedal 61 ± 10 61 ± 10
oil pressure
• Engine: Low idle Neutral –
60 ± 10 60 ± 10
• Hydraulic oil tempera- Raise/Lower
(84 ± 10) (84 ± 10)
Blade lever ture: Within operating (Float) mm
range Neutral –
53 ± 10 53 ± 10
• Operation of lever knob Left/Right tilt
51 ± 6.9 51 ± 6.9
• Stop engine. Reverse o N {5.2 ± 0.7} {5.2 ± 0.7}
• Operation of lever knob Neutral {kg}
Neutral o 25.5 ± 4.9 25.5 ± 4.9
Left {2.6 ± 0.5} {2.6 ± 0.5}
Steering
Neutral o 28.4 ± 4.9 28.4 ± 4.9
Right {2.9 ± 0.5} {2.9 ± 0.5}
• Stop engine. N 49.0 ± 9.8 49.0 ± 9.8
Decelerator pedal
• Pressing pedal {kg} {5.0 ± 1.0} {5.0 ± 1.0}
D275A-5R 3
SEN02751-01 20 Standard value table
4 D275A-5R
20 Standard value table SEN02751-01
Engine: — —
Low idle
Unload pressure
Work equipment oil pressure
+1.37 +1.37
• Hydraulic oil tempera- Engine: 2.45 +0 2.45 +0
ture: Within operating High idle {25 +14
+0 } {25 +14
+0 }
range
Engine: 27.44 ± 1.37 27.44 ± 1.37
• Unload pressure: Set all
Blade lift relief Low idle MPa {280 ± 14} {280 ± 14}
equipment in neutral.
pressure {kg/cm2}
• Relief pressure: Set cyl- Engine: 27.44 ± 1.37 27.44 ± 1.37
inder to stroke end. High idle {280 ± 14} {280 ± 14}
• LS pressure: Set cylin-
Engine: 27.44 ± 1.37 27.44 ± 1.37
der to stroke end.
Blade tilt relief Low idle {280 ± 14} {280 ± 14}
pressure Engine: 27.44 ± 1.37 27.44 ± 1.37
High idle {280 ± 14} {280 ± 14}
D275A-5R 5
SEN02751-01 20 Standard value table
• Unload pressure: Set all Low idle {280 ± 14} {280 ± 14}
Ripper tilt relief MPa
equipment in neutral.
pressure Engine: {kg/cm2} 27.44 ± 1.37 27.44 ± 1.37
• Relief pressure: Set cyl-
inder to stroke end. High idle {280 ± 14} {280 ± 14}
• LS pressure: Set cylin- Engine: 25.48 ± 1.27 25.48 ± 1.27
LS pressure der to stroke end. Low idle {260 ± 13} {260 ± 13}
(Load sensing
pressure) Engine: 25.48 ± 1.27 25.48 ± 1.27
High idle {260 ± 13} {260 ± 13}
Control circuit main
3.43 +0.49
+0
+0.49
3.43 –0.20
pressure
• Hydraulic oil temperature: {35 +5
+0 }
+5
{35 –2 }
(PPC, fan) MPa
Within operating range
{kg/cm2}
PPC valve output • Engine: High idle 3.14 – 3.92 3.14 – 3.92
pressure {32 – 40} {32 – 40}
Low idle 8 – 15 20
Raise
ture: 45 – 55°C
• Apply no load to blade.
• Between left tilt end and
High idle 2.8 ± 0.5 3.5
right tilt end
6 D275A-5R
20 Standard value table SEN02751-01
Left tilt
High idle 2.8 ± 0.5 3.5
Right tilt
ture: 45 – 55°C
• Apply no load to blade.
• Between left tilt end and
High idle 2.8 ± 0.5 3.5
right tilt end
Low idle 7 – 10 13
Raise
Low idle 12 – 18 21
Tilt in
D275A-5R 7
SEN02751-01 20 Standard value table
idler is lifted.
sec
• Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 – 55°C Low idle Max. 6 8
• Move lever to stroke end.
Ripper • Lower ripper from max. ris-
ing position and measure
time after ripper comes in
High idle Max. 1.5 2.5
contact with ground until
sprocket is lifted.
• Engine: Stopped
• Measure reduction of blade bottom
height h (for 15 minutes).
Hydraulic drift
Hydraulic drift
of machine mm Max. 50/5 minutes 100/15 minutes
lifted by blade
Hydraulic drift
of machine Max. 50/5 minutes 100/15 minutes
tilted by blade
8 D275A-5R
20 Standard value table SEN02751-01
Hydraulic drift
of machine Max. 30/5 minutes 60/5 minutes
lifted by ripper
Blade tilt
4 16
cylinder
• Engine: High idle
Ripper lift • Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
cc/min 4 16
cylinder • Relieve cylinder and measure leakage
for 1 minute.
Ripper tilt
4 16
cylinder
D275A-5R 9
SEN02751-01 20 Standard value table
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02751-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
10 D275A-5R
SEN02752-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
2 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
–101 – 200 kPa
Testing intake air 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit 1
A {–760 – 1,500 mmHg}
pressure (boost pressure)
799-401-2220 Hose 1 Straight type quick coupler
Testing exhaust B 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 –99.9 – 1,299°C
temperature — 799-201-1150 Adapter connector 1 For Pm clinic specification
1 799-201-9001 Handy smoke checker 1
Testing exhaust gas color C Commercially Bosch index: 0 – 9
2 Smoke meter 1
available
Commercially Air intake: 0.35 mm,
Adjusting valve clearance D Thickness gauge 1
available Exhaust: 0.57 mm
2
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge 1 0 – 7 MPa {0 – 70 kg/cm }
Testing compression KIT No.: 795-502-1205
E
pressure 795-471-1330 Adapter 1
2
6261-71-6150 Gasket 1
Testing blow-by pressure F 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
Testing engine oil 1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
G Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
pressure
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1 Pressure gauge: 1 MPa {10 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
Testing fuel pressure H 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1 Pressure gauge: 1 MPa {10 kg/cm2}
795T-471-2010 Adapter 1
3 8 × 1.25 mm o R1/8
07005-00812 Gasket 1
1 6151-51-8490 Spacer 1 Inside diameter: 14 mm
2 6206-71-1770 Joint 1 Inside diameter of joint: 10 mm
Commercially
3 Hose 1 ø5 mm × 2 – 3 m
available
Testing fuel return rate Commercially
J 4 Hose 1 ø15 mm × 2 – 3 m
and fuel leakage available
Commercially
5 Measuring cylinder 1
available
Commercially
6 Stopwatch 1
available
Testing fan speed K 799-205-1100 Tachometer kit 1 6.0 – 99999.9 rpm
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Testing fan circuit Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
L 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
pressure {600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-3400 Adapter 1 Size: 05
799-101-5220 Nipple
3 1 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring
D275A-5R 3
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Testing power train oil Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
N 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
pressure {600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1 Pressure gauge: 1 MPa {10 kg/cm2}
799-101-5220 Nipple 1 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
3
07002-11023 O-ring 1
19M-06-32820 Switch assembly 1
Emergency escape when 1 7824-66-6430 Resistor 1
Q
power train has trouble 17M-06-41530 Wiring harness 1
2 790-190-1601 Pump assembly 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Testing and adjusting work Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
R 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
equipment oil pressure {600 kg/cm2}
799-101-5220 Nipple 1 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
2
07002-11023 O-ring 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Testing control circuit Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
S 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
basic pressure {600 kg/cm2}
Oil pressure pickup
799-401-3100 1 Size: 02
2 adapter
02896-11008 • O-ring 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
Testing PPC valve output Oil pressure pickup
T 799-401-3100 1 Size: 02
pressure adapter
2
02896-11008 • O-ring 1
Oil pressure pickup
799-401-3200 1 Size: 03
3 adapter
02896-11009 • O-ring 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Testing ripper pin puller Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
solenoid valve outlet U 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
pressure
Oil pressure pickup
799-401-3200 1 Size: 03
2 adapter
02896-11009 • O-ring 1
Testing leakage in work Commercially
V Measuring cylinder 1
equipment cylinder available
Testing coolant
temperature and oil — 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 – 99.9 – 1,299°C
temperature
Testing operating effort 79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 294 N {0 – 30 kg}
—
and pressing force 79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 490 N {0 – 50 kg}
Testing stroke and Commercially
— Ruler 1
hydraulic drift available
4 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
Testing work equipment Commercially
— Stopwatch 1
speed available
Testing voltage and Commercially
— Circuit tester 1
resistance available
799-601-7400 T-adapter assembly 1 For AMP040
799-601-7500 T-adapter assembly 1 For AMP070
799-601-9100 T-adapter assembly 1 For HD30
799-601-9200 T-adapter assembly 1 For DT connector
799-601-9300 T-adapter assembly 1 For DRC26-24 (40 pins)
799-601-9310 Plate 1 For 24-pole
799-601-9320 T-adapter box 1 For 24-pole
799-601-7360 Adapter 1 For relay (5 pins)
799-601-4101 T-adapter assembly 1 Connector for engine
799-601-4130 • T-adapter 1 Ne sensor
799-601-4150 • T-adapter 1 Oil pressure sensor
799-601-4180 • T-adapter 1 EGR gas pressure sensor
Diagnosis of sensor and 799-601-4211 • T-adapter 1 Connector (50-pole)
—
harness 799-601-4220 • T-adapter 1 Connector (60-pole)
799-601-4240 • Socket 1 Ambient pressure sensor
799-601-4250 • Socket 1 Boost pressure sensor
799-601-4260 • T-adapter 1 Connector (4-pole)
799-601-4330 • Socket 1 G (Bkup) sensor
799-601-4350 • T-adapter box 1 60-pole
799-601-9020 • T-adapter 1 Injector
799-601-9040 • T-adapter 1 By-pass/EGR valve
799-601-9420 • T-adapter 1 Common rail pressure
799-601-9430 • Socket 1 Supply pump PCV
Coolant, fuel and oil temperature
795-799-5530 • Socket 1
sensor
795-799-5540 • Socket 1 Boost and intake temperature sensor
D275A-5R 5
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
H3 Adapter
6 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
1. Preparation work
Turn the starting switch ON and set the
machine monitor in the "Monitoring mode" to
prepare for test of the engine speed.
a For the operating method, see "Special
functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
q Monitoring code: 01000 (Engine speed)
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
D275A-5R 7
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
8 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
4) Return the decelerator pedal slowly to stall a The engine speed can be tested in the "Pm
the torque converter with the engine at Clinic auxiliary mode: 01" of the machine mon-
high idle. itor (Test the high idle speed of the engine in
k Keep pressing the brake pedal the "Adjustment mode", however).
securely and keep your right foot Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
on the decelerator pedal for safety
until the work is finished.
5) Operate the ripper lever to raise the ripper
lift cylinder to the stroke end or pitch back
stroke end.
6) Just after the power train oil temperature
gauge upper section (a) of the green
range, return the direction of the PCCS
lever into neutral.
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
D275A-5R 9
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing intake air pressure (Boost 3. Install nipple [1] of boost gauge kit A and con-
pressure) 1 nect gauge [2].
10 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
12 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
5. Procedure for measuring exhaust temperature k Just after the torque converter oil tem-
periodically for preventive maintenance (Pm perature gauge reads the red range,
clinic) return the direction of the PCCS lever
a If the torque converter is stalled simply, into neutral and lower the torque con-
the torque converter oil temperature is verter oil temperature.
overheated before the exhaust tempera-
ture is stabilized. Accordingly, test accord-
ing to the following procedure.
1) Stall the torque converter fully to raise the
exhaust temperature to about 650°C
according to the following procedure
(Condition a in the figure).
i) Start the engine and set the fuel con-
trol dial to the low idle position. Raise
the ripper lift cylinder to the stroke
end with the ripper lever.
ii) Press the brake pedal securely and
set the PCCS lever in the FORWARD
3rd gear speed position.
iii) Press the decelerator pedal and set
the fuel control dial to the high idle
position.
iv) Return the decelerator pedal slowly to
stall the torque converter and relieve
the ripper in raising direction with the
engine at high idle.
k Press the brake pedal securely and
keep your right foot on the deceler-
ator pedal for safety until the work
is finished.
2) Stop only relieving the ripper and lower
the exhaust temperature by only stalling
the torque converter (Condition b in the 6. After finishing test, remove the testing instru-
figure). ment and return the removed parts.
a If the temperature does not lower but q Clean the thread of the removed plug and
rises, set the temperature in step 1). apply seizure prevention compound to the plug
before installing.
2 Plug: Seizure prevention compound
3) After the temperature lowers and is stabi-
lized, measure it (Condition c in the fig-
(LC-G)
ure).
(NEVER-SEEZ (NEVER-SEEZ COM-
POUND CO, LTD) or equivalent)
3 Plug: 2.9 – 5.9 Nm {0.3 – 0.6 kgm}
D275A-5R 13
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
14 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
16 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
18 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
7. Disconnect power supply connector EGC3 (6) Serial No.: 35005 and up
of the engine controller.
D275A-5R 19
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
20 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
Testing engine oil pressure 1 3. Run the engine at low idle and high idle and
measure the engine oil pressure in each
a Testing instruments for engine oil pressure
speed.
Symbol Part No. Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
G 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester
D275A-5R 21
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
22 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
Testing fuel pressure 1 3. Run the engine at high idle and test the fuel
pressure.
a Testing instruments for fuel pressure a If the fuel pressure is in the following
Symbol Part No. Part name range, it is normal.
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester Engine speed Fuel pressure
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 0.15 – 0.3 MPa
High idle
H 2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester {1.5 – 3 kg/cm²}
795T-471-2010 Adapter
3
07005-00812 Gasket
D275A-5R 23
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
24 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
and tighten the removed joint bolt again. 3) Turn the starting switch ON and set the
a Connect the return pipe to the fuel machine monitor to Monitoring function of
tank again, too. the service mode.
a Be sure to fit the gaskets to both ends q Adjustment code:
of the spacer J1. 0530 (Stall speed check mode)
a For the operating method, see "Spe-
cial functions of machine monitor
(EMMS)".
D275A-5R 25
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
a If the leakage from the pressure lim- 4) Turn the starting switch ON set the
iter is in the following range, it is nor- machine monitor to Adjusting function of
mal. the service mode.
q Adjustment code:
Leakage
Engine speed 0530 (Stall speed check mode)
(cc/min)
a For the operating method, see "Spe-
Install torque cial functions of machine monitor
Max. 10
converter (EMMS)".
26 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
D275A-5R 27
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Bleeding air from fuel circuit 1 a This switch has a timer in it to start and
stop the electric priming pump automati-
a Bleed air from the fuel circuit in the following cally (See the figure).
cases according to this procedure. a The electric priming pump stops while the
q When the fuel filter is replaced lamp is blinking. This phenomenon is not
q When fuel is used up abnormal, however.
q When the engine is started for the first a If the switch is turned to the "OFF" position
time after the fuel piping or supply pump is while the lamp is blinking, the lamp goes
replaced off and the electric priming pump stops.
a If the fuel filter was replaced, do not fill the
main fuel filter and pre-fuel filter with the fuel.
k While the electric priming pump is in opera-
tion, pressure is applied to the fuel circuit.
Do not loosen the air bleeding plug at this
time, since the fuel may spout out.
28 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing fuel circuit for leakage 1 9. Check the fuel piping and devices for fuel leak-
age.
k Very high pressure is generated in the high- a Check mainly around the high-pressure
pressure circuit of the fuel system. If fuel circuit parts coated with the color checker
leaks while the engine is running, it is dan- for fuel leakage.
gerous since it can catch fire. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
a After testing the fuel system or removing and and inspect again from step 1.
installing its parts, test it for fuel leakage a If no fuel leakage is detected, inspection is
according to the following procedure. completed.
a Clean and degrease the engine and the parts
around it in advance so that you can test it eas-
ily for fuel leakage.
30 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
Testing and adjusting alternator 6. Install belt cover (1) with the 2 mounting bolts.
belt tension 1 a Check for breakage of the pulleys, wear of
the V-grooves, contact of the belts and V-
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower grooves, and contact of the belt covers
the work equipment to the ground, stop the and rotating parts.
engine, and set the parking brake lever and a If the belt is lengthened to the adjustment
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi- limit, cut, or cracked, replace it with new
tion. one.
a If the V-belt is replaced, adjust its tension
Testing again after 1 operating hour.
1. Open the engine right side cover and remove a After tightening the bolts, check that the
the inspection plate on the right of the radiator belt tension is normal according to the
guard. above procedure.
Adjusting
a If the deflection is out of the standard range,
adjust it according to the following procedure.
D275A-5R 31
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting air a After tightening the bolts, check that the
conditioner compressor belt 1 belt tension is normal according to the
above procedure.
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower
the work equipment to the ground, stop the
engine, and set the parking brake lever and
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi-
tion.
Testing
1. Open the left engine side cover and remove
the left mudguard.
Adjusting
a If the deflection is abnormal, adjust it according
to the following procedure.
32 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
Testing fan speed 1 5. Start the engine and set the machine monitor
to Adjusting function of the service mode.
a Testing instrument for fan speed a Adjustment code: 1005 (Fan 100% mode)
Symbol Part No. Part name a For the operating method, see "Special
functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
K 799-205-1100 Tachometer kit
a If this adjustment code is displayed, the
fan speed is kept at 100% speed in accor-
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower dance with the engine speed, regardless
the work equipment to the ground, stop the of the state of the machine.
engine, and set the parking brake lever and
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi-
tion.
a Test the fan motor speed under the following
condition.
q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operat-
ing range
q Engine coolant temperature: Within oper-
ating range
q Power train oil temperature: Within operat-
ing range
k Warm up the machine sufficiently to
prevent breakage of the radiator.
1. Open the radiator mask and remove the fan 6. While running the engine at low idle and high
net. idle, test the fan speed
D275A-5R 33
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
34 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
7. While running the engine at high idle, test the Bleeding air from fan pump 1
fan circuit oil pressure.
a If the fan pump is removed and installed or its
piping is disconnected and connected, bleed
air from the fan pump case according to the
following procedure.
a Before starting the following work, check that
the hydraulic oil level is normal.
D275A-5R 35
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower [1] Fuel control dial (2nd throttle signal)
the work equipment to the ground, stop the [2] Engine controller
engine, and set the parking brake lever and [3] Steering controller
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi- [4] Decelerator pedal (1st throttle signal)
tion. [5] Decelerator potentiometer
1. Outline of fuel control system [6] Engine (CRI system)
q The following signals are inputted as rota- [7] Machine control signal
tion command signals to the engine con- (3rd throttle signal)
troller. [8] Rod
q Decelerator pedal potentiometer signal
q 3rd throttle signal
The engine controller controls the fuel
control system of the engine (CRI system)
according to the lowest engine speed sig-
nal among those input signals.
q Adjust the deceleration slow speed by
adjusting the decelerator pedal linkage.
36 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02752-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02752-01 30 Testing and adjusting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02752-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
38 D275A-5R
SEN02753-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
2 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Testing torque converter inlet pressure (IN) 2. Testing torque converter outlet pressure
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- (OUT)
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple 1) Connect hydraulic tester N1 to oil pres-
(1). sure pick-up nipple (2).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 2.5 MPa a Use an oil pressure gauge of 1 MPa
{25 kg/cm2}. {10 kg/cm2}.
2) Start the engine and set the PCCS lever in 2) Start the engine and set the PCCS lever in
the full neutral position. the full neutral position.
3) Test the oil pressure while the engine is 3) Test the oil pressure while the engine is
running at low idle and high idle. running at low idle and high idle.
4) After finishing test, remove the testing 4) After finishing test, remove the testing
instrument and return the removed parts. instrument and return the removed parts.
4 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
3. Testing transmission main relief pressure 4. Testing transmission forward clutch pres-
(TM) sure (FWD)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple
(3). (4).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}. {60 kg/cm2}.
2) Run the engine and set the PCCS lever in 2) Run the engine and set the parking brake
the full neutral position. lever in the FREE position.
3) Test the oil pressure while the engine is 3) Press the brake pedal and set the PCCS
running at low idle and high idle. lever in the FORWARD and 3rd gear
speed position.
4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is
running at low idle.
k Since the torque converter will be
stalled, press the brake pedal
securely and keep your right foot
on the decelerator pedal for safety
until the work is finished.
D275A-5R 5
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
5. Testing transmission reverse clutch pres- 6. Testing transmission 1st clutch pressure
sure (R) (1ST)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple
(5). (6).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}. {60 kg/cm2}.
2) Run the engine and set the parking brake 2) Run the engine and set the parking brake
lever in the FREE position. lever in the FREE position.
3) Press the brake pedal and set the PCCS 3) Press the brake pedal and set the PCCS
lever in the REVERSE 3rd gear speed lever in the FORWARD and 1rd gear
position. speed position.
4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is 4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is
running at low idle. running at low idle.
k Since the torque converter will be k Since the torque converter will be
stalled, press th e b rake pedal stalled, press pressing the brake
securely and keep your right foot pedal securely.
on the decelerator pedal for safety k Do not raise the engine speed to
until the work is finished. hight idle during test.
5) After finishing test, remove the testing 5) After finishing test, remove the testing
instrument and return the removed parts. instrument and return the removed parts.
6 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
7. Testing transmission 2nd clutch pressure 8. Testing transmission 3rd clutch pressure
(2ND) (3RD)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple
(7). (8).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}. {60 kg/cm2}.
2) Run the engine and set the parking brake 2) Run the engine and set the parking brake
lever in the FREE position. lever in the FREE position.
3) Press the brake pedal and set the PCCS 3) Press the brake pedal and set the PCCS
lever in the FORWARD and 2nd gear lever in the FORWARD and 3rd gear
speed position. speed position.
4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is 4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is
running at low idle. running at low idle.
k Since the torque converter will be k Since the torque converter will be
stalled, keep pressing the brake stalled, keep pressing the brake
pedal securely. pedal securely.
k Do not raise the engine speed to k Do not raise the engine speed to
high idle during test. hight idle during test.
5) After finishing test, remove the testing 5) After finishing test, remove the testing
instrument and return the removed parts. instrument and return the removed parts.
D275A-5R 7
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
9. Testing steering left clutch pressure (LC) 10. Testing steering left brake pressure (LB)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple
(9). (10).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}. {60 kg/cm2}.
2) Run the engine and set the parking brake 2) Run the engine and set the parking brake
lever in the FREE position. lever in the FREE position.
3) Set the PCCS lever in the steering neutral 3) Set the PCCS lever in the steering neutral
position. position.
4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is 4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is
running at low idle and high idle. running at low idle and high idle.
a Check that the oil pressure lowers to a Check that the oil pressure lowers to
0 when the PCCS lever is moved to 0 when the PCCS lever is moved to
the left steering stroke end. the left steering stroke end.
a Check that the oil pressure lowers to
0 when the brake pedal is pressed or
the parking brake lever is set in the
LOCK position.
8 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
11. Testing steering right clutch pressure (RC) 12. Testing steering right brake pressure (RB)
1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau- 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydrau-
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple lic tester N1 to oil pressure pick-up nipple
(11). (12).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}. {60 kg/cm2}.
2) Run the engine and set the parking brake 2) Run the engine and set the parking brake
lever in the FREE position. lever in the FREE position.
3) Set the PCCS lever in the steering neutral 3) Set the PCCS lever in the steering neutral
position. position.
4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is 4) Test the oil pressure while the engine is
running at low idle and high idle. running at low idle and high idle.
a Check that the oil pressure lowers to a Check that the oil pressure lowers to
0 when the PCCS lever is moved to 0 when the PCCS lever is moved to
the right steering stroke end. the right steering stroke end.
a Check that the oil pressure lowers to
0 when the brake pedal is pressed or
the parking brake lever is set in the
LOCK position.
D275A-5R 9
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
13. Testing transmission lubricating oil pressure 14. Testing output pressure of sudden stop
1) Remove oil pressure pickup plug (13). prevention valve
1) Connect oil pressure gauge (1) of hydrau-
lic tester N1 to oil pressure pickup nipples
(10) and (12).
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}.
q (10):
For steering left brake oil pressure
q (12):
For steering right brake oil pressure
10 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting transmission speed 6. Remove sensor (1) and flange (2) together and
sensor 1 secure them with nut (3).
a Take care not to change the adjustment
1. Remove the undercover of the fuel tank and angle of the sensor.
then remove transmission speed sensor (1) 3 Nut: 49.0 – 68.6 Nm {5 – 7 kgm}
and flange together.
a Before adjusting transmission speed sen- 7. Install flange (2) and sensor to the HSS case
sor (1), remove it and check that its tip is with the mark of "HSS UP" directed to the
free from steel chips and flaws, then install upper side of the HSS case.
it again.
a Before installing, separate sensor (1),
flange (2), and nut (3).
12 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Parking lever
14 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
16 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
18 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
4) Start the engine and set the parking brake 2. Escape with brake releasing device (Use
lever in the FREE position. Q2)
5) Operate switch assembly [1] and move a If the engine cannot be started and the
the machine to a safe place. parking brake cannot be released, escape
a The gear speed switch is so made according to the following procedure.
that the switch on the lower gear 1) Assemble pump assembly Q2.
speed will be operated first.
D275A-5R 19
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
20 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 21
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting
a If the track shoe tension is abnormal, adjust it
according to the following procedure.
22 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
Testing
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower 4) Run the engine at high idle and set the
the work equipment to the ground, stop the blade lever and ripper lever in neutral and
engine, and set the parking brake lever and test the oil pressure.
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi-
tion.
a Test the work equipment oil pressure under the
following condition.
q Hydraulic oil temperature:
Within operating range
D275A-5R 23
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
2. Testing main relief pressure a The unload pressure and main relief pressure
a Test the main relief pressure at the same can be tested in the "Pm Clinic auxiliary mode"
point with the unload pressure. of the machine monitor.
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 40 MPa {400 Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
kg/cm2}.
24 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 25
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
26 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
Testing control circuit main 4. Install nipple [1] of hydraulic tester S1 and con-
pressure 1 nect oil pressure gauge [2].
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa {60
a Testing instrument for control circuit main pres- kg/cm2}.
sure
Symbol Part No. Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
S Oil pressure pickup adapter
799-401-3100
2 (Size 02)
02896-11008 • O-ring
D275A-5R 27
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing PPC valve output 3. Install nipple [1] of hydraulic tester T1 and con-
pressure 1 nect oil pressure gauge [2].
a Use an oil pressure gauge of 6 MPa {60
a Testing instruments for PPC valve output pres- kg/cm2}.
sure
Symbol Part No. Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
Oil pressure pickup adapter
799-401-3100
2 (Size 02)
T
02896-11008 • O-ring
Oil pressure pickup adapter
799-401-3200
3 (Size 03)
02896-11009 • O-ring
28 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
30 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower 4. Run the engine at high idle and operate the rip-
the work equipment to the ground, stop the per pin puller switch and test the oil pressure.
engine, and set the parking brake lever and
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi-
tion.
a Test the outlet pressure of the ripper pin puller
solenoid valve under the following condition.
q Torque converter oil temperature:
Within operating range
D275A-5R 31
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
[Reference]
Reason why the lowering speed is increased
when the cylinder packing is the cause of the
hydraulic drift:
2) Blade tilt cylinder 1. If the machine is set in the above position
Extract the tilt cylinder to the stroke end (where the holding pressure is applied to the
and brace the blade to push up the right bottom side), the oil leaks from the bottom side
side of the machine body. to the head side. Since the volume on the head
side is less than that on the bottom side by the
volume of the rod, the pressure in the head
side is increased by the oil flowing in from the
bottom side.
2. As the pressure in the head side is increased,
it is balanced at a certain level (which depends
on the leakage), then the lowering speed is
lowered.
3. If the circuit on the head side is opened to the
drain circuit by the above operation of the lever
(the bottom side is closed by the check valve
at this time), the oil on the head side flows in
the drain circuit. As a result, the pressure is
3) Ripper lift cylinder unbalanced and the lowering speed is
Brace the ripper to push up the rear side increased.
of the machine body.
32 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
Testing internal leakage of work 3. Run the engine at high idle and apply the relief
equipment cylinder 1 pressure to the cylinder bottom side.
q Blade tilt cylinder:
a Testing instruments for internal leakage of Operate to extend the cylinder to
work equipment cylinder be tested.
Symbol Part No. Part name q Ripper lift cylinder:
Operate to lower ripper.
Commercially
V Measuring cylinder q Ripper Tilt cylinder:
available
Operate to tilt ripper forward.
k Stop the machine on level ground, lower
4. After 30 second, test leakage in 1 minute by
the work equipment to the ground, stop the
the measuring cylinder V.
engine, and set the parking brake lever and
work equipment lock lever in the lock posi-
5. After finishing test, return the removed parts.
tion.
a Referring to "Bleeding air from work equip-
a Test the internal leakage of work equipment
ment cylinder", bleed air from the cylinder
cylinder under the following condition.
circuit.
q Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
a Since the blade lift cylinder is equipped with a
piston valve, its internal leakage cannot be
tested.
D275A-5R 33
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
34 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
a Adjust the ripper lever to the best position 5) Loosen nut (3).
according to the following procedure. 6) Reverse 180° knob (4).
a The ripper lever can be adjusted forward and 7) Tighten nut (3) to secure knob (4).
in reverse within the range of ± 40 mm from the
center of the lever shaft.
D275A-5R 35
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
36 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
Adjusting blade 1
Semi U-dozer, U-dozer
a If the blade is removed and installed or disas- 2) Adjust the shim of lift (2).
sembled and reassemble, adjust it according
to the following procedure. Standard
Adjusted Adjusted Standard
shim
point clearance clearance
thickness
1. Adjusting shims for assembly
1) Adjust the shim of center (1). 2 b Max. 1mm 4.0mm
D275A-5R 37
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
38 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
Sigma-dozer
a If the blade is removed and installed or disas- 2) Adjust the shim of lift (2).
sembled and reassemble, adjust it according
to the following procedure. Standard
Adjusted Adjusted Standard
shim
point clearance clearance
thickness
1. Adjusting shims for assembly
1) Adjust the shim of center (1). 2 b Max. 1mm 4.0mm
D275A-5R 39
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
40 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02753-01
D275A-5R 41
SEN02753-01 30 Testing and adjusting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02753-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
42 D275A-5R
SEN02754-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Display section of special func- Operation section 1 of special Operation section 2 of special
tions functions functions
(Basic operation) (Changeover operation)
1. Gear speed display section 3. Service switch 4. Buzzer cancel switch
2. Multi-information section 5. Information switch
6. Shift-up switch
7. Shift-down switch
2 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
Service mode
D275A-5R 3
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
4 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
6 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
5) No-injection cranking mode iv) Under this condition, set the starting
This function is used to stop fuel injection switch in the START position to per-
into all the cylinders of the engine to lubri- form non-injection cranking.
cate the engine parts simply before start- v) Return the starting switch to the ON
ing the engine after a long-time stop. position and set the buzzer cancel
i) Operate the information switch to switch in the [t] position to reset the
select this mode. mode.
ii) Set the buzzer cancel switch in the a If the system gets out of the mode,
[U] position to settle the mode. this function is set ineffective.
k Limit the continuous no-injection
cranking to 20 seconds to protect
the starting motor.
k This function is set ineffective for
safety while the engine is running.
At this time, "NOT AVAILABLE" is
displayed on the lower line to indi-
cate that the mode is ineffective.
D275A-5R 7
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
8 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
Operation and display in service mode 2) Selecting and executing mode to be used
Method of changing to service mode Select the mode to be used with information
a When using the service mode, change the switch (5) and execute it with buzzer cancel
screen by the following special operation. switch (4).
q [ > ]: Next mode No.
1) Special operation of switches q [ < ]: Previous mode No.
Set the monitor panel in the service mode by q [U]: Execute mode.
operating service switch (3) and buzzer cancel a For the details of operation in each mode,
switch (4). see the following pages.
a While keeping the service switch in the Gear
ON position (hold it up), keep the buzzer Order speed Display and item
display
cancel switch in the [U] position for a min-
5-EXCHG, INTVAL INTERVAL MODE
imum of 3 seconds. 1 1C
a If the multi-information section changes to Maintenance interval change mode
the mode display shown below, the sys- 6-ELEC. FAULT CODE MODE
2 EE
tem is in the service mode. Electric system fault code display mode
a The mode displayed first depends on each 7-MACHINE CHECK CODE MODE
case. 3 bE
Mechanical system fault code display mode
8-SERVICE ADJUST MODE
4 Cb
Adjustment mode
9-LOAD MAP DISPLEY MODE
5 Ld
Load memory display mode
10-REAL TIME MONITORING MODE
6 5R
Real time monitoring mode
11-DUAL DISPLAY MONITORING MODE
7 dR
Dual display monitoring mode
D275A-5R 9
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
10 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
4) Changing replacement interval time ii) If the input time is correct, enter the
i) Change the set time by operating change of setting by operating buzzer
information switch (5), shift-up switch cancel switch (4).
(6), and shift-down switch (7). q [U]: Enter change.
q [ > ]: Move cursor to right. a If the change is finished normally,
q [ < ]: Move cursor to left. the information display screen
q [UP]: Increase number. appears after the screen shown
q [DOWN]: Decrease number. at right.
a If you do not use the mainte- a If the change is not finished nor-
nance function, set the all times mally, the information display
to 0. screen before the change
appears after the screen shown
at right. In this case, execute the
above operation again.
D275A-5R 11
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
a The first interval time cannot be changed. If it needs to be changed for a particular reason, assume that
the first maintenance has been finished in the maintenance mode of the operator mode, then change
the 2nd and after interval times.
a The displayed numbers are the ID numbers specific to the corresponding items and are not the display
order numbers. Some of them may not be used in some models. In addition there is a thing becoming
a missing number by a model.
a Set the replacement interval time of the charge filter to "0".
12 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
6. Electric system error code display mode 2) Display in the case where no codes are
(6-ELEC. ERROR CODE MODE) recorded
In this mode, you can check the past electric If no error codes have been output up to
system error codes. now, the information section displays as
shown below.
1) Selecting and executing mode
i) Select "Electric system error code
display mode" on the mode selection
screen.
a If the mode is selected, code
(EE) is displayed on gear speed
display section (1) and the title is
displayed on multi-information
section (2).
ii) Display the error code display screen
by operating buzzer cancel switch (4).
q [U]: Execute mode.
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
3) Display in the case where 1 or more codes
are recorded
If any error code has been output up to
now, the information section displays as
shown below.
[1]: Record No. (Up to 20)
[2]: Error code (Code being output cur-
rently is flashing)
[3]: Number of past occurrences
[4]: Elapsed time on service meter after
first occurrence
[5]: Elapsed time on service meter after
last occurrence
Serial No.: 35005 and up a The items shown below are exam-
ples.
a For the details of displayed error
codes, see the errors code table in
"Troubleshooting when error code is
indicated (Error code)".
D275A-5R 13
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
14 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
7. Mechanical system error code display mode 2) Display in the case where no codes are
(7-MACHINE CHECK CODE MODE) recorded
In this mode, you can check the past mechani- If no error codes have been output up to
cal system error codes. now, the information section displays as
shown below.
1) Selecting and executing mode
i) Select "Mechanical system error code
display mode" on the mode selection
screen.
a If the mode is selected, code
(bE) is displayed on gear speed
display section (1) and the title is
displayed on multi-information
section (2).
ii) Display the error code display screen
by operating buzzer cancel switch (4).
q [U]: Execute mode.
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
3) Display in the case where 1 or more codes
are recorded
If any error code has been output up to
now, the information section displays as
shown below.
[1]: Record No. (Up to 15)
[2]: Error code (Code being output cur-
rently is flashing)
[3]: Number of past occurrences
[4]: Time measured by service meter after
first occurrence
[5]: Time measured by service meter after
last occurrence
Serial No.: 35005 and up a The items shown below are exam-
ples.
a For the details of displayed error
codes, see the errors code table in
"Troubleshooting when error code is
indicated (Error code)".
D275A-5R 15
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
16 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
18 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[1] 0001 INP TEL NO. Phone No. input mode Phone No. (None) —
[2] 0002 S/T S. CODE Steering controller model code setting Code Character q 1
[3] 0003 T/M S. CODE Transmission controller model code setting Code Character q 2
[4] 0004 BODY TYPE Machine specification code setting Code Character q 3
Voltage offset
[5] 0005 BRAKE BASE Brake pedal standard value set mV q 4
quantity
[6] 0007 ENG. FULL CH Engine decelerator cut mode Engine speed rpm 5
Engine speed/In-
[7] 0008 INJ->123456 Reduced cylinder mode rpm/mg —
jection quantity
Voltage offset
[8] 0009 PITCH SENS. Pitch angle sensor standard value set mV q 6
quantity
Adjustment
[9] 0010 FAN 70%MODE Fan 70% mode (None) 8
quantity
Setting
[10] 0021 KMTRX INST KOMTRAX specification setting Character q 7
condition
[11] 0530 STALL CHECK Stall speed check mode Engine speed rpm —
Adjustment
[12] 1005 FAN 100%MODE Fan 100% mode (None) 9
quantity
Steering lever
[13] 1012 S/T N-SET Steering lever neutral value set mV —
voltage
Steering lever
[14] 1013 S/T M. L-SET Steering lever left max. value set mV —
voltage
Steering lever
[15] 1014 S/T M. R-SET Steering lever right max. value set mV —
voltage
[16] 1015 BRK LH. OFST Left brake oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure MPa —
[17] 1016 BRK RH. OFST Right brake oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure MPa —
Setting
[18] 2223 R SLOW CUT Reverse slow cut function setting Character —
condition
Transmission
[19] 5535 CLUTCH OPEN Clutch disengagement mode rpm —
speed
[20] 5537 CLT LH. OFST Left clutch oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure MPa —
[21] 5538 CLT RH. OFST Right clutch oil pressure offset (set) Oil pressure MPa —
k Items marked with q in the Disassembly/Assembly column of the above table must be adjusted
after the machine is assembled or any controller is replaced. (For the adjustment procedure, see
"Adjustment after replacement of controller".)
D275A-5R 19
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
[1] 0001: Phone number input mode [2] 0002: Steering controller model code setting
q This code inputs or changes a phone number q This code is used to initialize the model codes
to be displayed simultaneously with when the recognized by the steering controller and the
user code is displayed. set values of the memory in the controller.
q The lower part displays a phone number and q The model code is displayed on the lower line.
symbols. q Adjustment method:
q Available characters: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < > ? 1) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
q Instructions for use: position and check that the caution buzzer
By operating the information switch (5), shift up sounds.
switch (6), and shift down switch (7), input a 2) Check that the displayed model code has
phone number and symbols. changed from [A*A] to [AAA].
q [ > ]: Moves the cursor rightward. a If model code [AAA] is not displayed, the
q [ < ]: Moves the cursor leftward. controller wiring harness or the controller
q [UP]: Advance the numeric character or unit may be defective.
character (in the order of available a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
characters). is effective.
q [DOWN]:Reverse the numeric character
or character (in the reverse order
of available characters).
a Sixteen digits of numeric characters are
provided. To avoid confusion, input sym-
bols other than numeric characters at dig-
its you will not use.
a 0 (zero) is input at all places of the lower
part before shipment from our factory.
a The setting is enabled even after ending
this code.
20 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[3] 0003:Transmission controller model code setting [4] 0004: Machine specification code setting
q This code is used to initialize the model codes q This code is used to have the machine specifi-
recognized by the transmission controller and cation recognized by the controllers which
the set values of the memory in the controller. compose the system.
q The model code is displayed on the lower line. q The specifications of the work equipment, SSC
q Adjustment method: and travel lever are set with this code.
1) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] a Since setting of this code is reset when "Trans-
position and check that the caution buzzer mission controller specification setting" is exe-
sounds. cuted, adjust it after that.
2) Check that the displayed model code has q Adjustment procedure
changed from [9*9] to [999]. 1) Select code 0004 in the adjustment mode.
a If model code [999] is not displayed, the (a): Indicates specification of travel lever
controller wiring harness or the controller (1st place)
unit may be defective. (b): Indicates specification of work equip-
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting ment (2nd place)
is effective. (c): Indicates specification of SSC (3rd
place)
D275A-5R 21
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
List of specifications of work equipment [5] 0005: Brake pedal standard value setting
and SSC q This code is used to adjust the zero point of the
Specification of brake pedal potentiometer.
No. work equipment Specification of SSC q The deviation from the standard value is indi-
X00 Single tilt Without SSC cated by voltage on the lower line (Indication
X01 Single tilt SSC power setting 1 range: –2,500 – 2,500).
X02 Single tilt SSC power setting 2 q Adjustment method:
X10 Dual tilt Without SSC 1) Check that the brake pedal is in neutral (it
X11 Dual tilt SSC power setting 1 is not pressed).
X12 Dual tilt SSC power setting 2 2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
position and check that the alarm buzzer
Note) "X" indicates the travel lever code. sounds.
a This adjustment is performed to have the
3) Each time shift-down switch (7) is pressed, zero point of the potentiometer recognized
display of the 1st place changes. Select a by the controller. It is not performed to
proper specification (standard specification adjust the effect of the brake.
or optional specification) of the travel lever. a Even if this adjustment is performed, the
q Example of operation indication on the lower line does not
Upper line: Indicates standard specifi- change.
cation of travel lever. a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
Lower line: Indicates optional specifi- is effective.
cation of travel lever.
a Be sure to select the standard travel
lever specification. (Do not select the
optional travel lever specification.)
22 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[6] 0007: Engine deceleration-cut mode [7] 0008: Reduced cylinder mode
q This code is used to stop the auto-deceleration a When the engine common rail system seems
function of the engine and check the high idle to be faulty, this code is used to stop injecting
speed of the engine singly. fuel into 1 or more cylinders (reduce the num-
q The engine speed is displayed on the lower ber of effective cylinders) while the engine is
line (Display range: 0 – 3000). running and find out a faulty cylinder from the
q Using method: change of the engine speed and fuel injection
While this code is displayed, its function is quantity.
turned on and the auto-deceleration function is a Since a fault is detected by the difference of
turned off. the engine speed and fuel injection quantity in
a If this code is turned off, its function is the reduced cylinder mode operation from that
turned off. in the normal mode operation, use this function
while the engine is running.
q Engine speed (A) and fuel injection quantity
(B) are displayed on the lower line.
D275A-5R 23
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
q Using method: [8] 0009: Pitch angle sensor standard value set
Select the cylinders to be turned off for the q This code is used to adjust the zero point and
reduced cylinder mode operation by operating correct the installation error of the pitch angle
information switch (5) and buzzer cancel sensor.
switch (4). q The deviation from the standard neutral posi-
Use this method to turn on the selected cylin- tion is displayed by voltage on the lower line
ders again, too. (Display range: –2500 – 2500).
q [ > ]: Move cursor to right. q Adjustment method:
q [ < ]: Move cursor to left. i) Stop the machine on level ground.
q [U]: Execute or stop reduced cylinder mode ii) Buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] posi-
operation. tion and check that the caution buzzer
a The figure at below is an example that No. sounds.
2 cylinder is turned off for reduced cylinder a Even after adjustment, the display of the
mode operation and turned on again (The lower line does not change.
cylinder No. lamp is turned off in the a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
reduced cylinder mode operation and on is effective.
in the normal mode operation).
a Only one or more cylinders can be turned
off for the reduced cylinder mode opera-
tion.
a If this code is turned off, its function is
turned off.
k Since this mode is for troubleshooting,
do not carry out work in this mode.
24 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[10] 0021: KOMTRAX specification setting [11] 0530: Stall speed check mode
q This code is used to select installation condi- q This code is used to obtain the torque con-
tion of the KOMTRAX terminal. verter stall speed while keeping the cooling fan
a Set this specification before starting the speed to the maximum.
operation of the KOMTRAX. k This machine is equipped with the cooling
q The installation condition of the KOMTRAX ter- fan speed control function to protect the
minal is displayed on the lower line. radiat or when the engine is not fully
q ACTIVE: KOMTRAX is installed. warmed up. Since the protective function
q DEACTIVE: KOMTRAX is not installed. does not work while this mode is used,
q Setting method warm up the engine fully before using this
1) Select installation condition of the mode.
KOMTRAX terminal with shift-up switch k If the machine is not warmed up suffi-
(6) and shift-down switch (7). ciently, durability of the radiator may be
2) After selecting the installation condition of reduced.
the terminal correctly, set buzzer cancel Rough standard of warming up: All of the
switch (4) in the [U] position and check hydraulic oil temperature, engine coolant
that the alarm buzzer sounds. temperature and power train oil tempera-
a Even if this code is turned OFF, the setting ture are within the operating range.
is effective. q The engine speed is displayed on the lower
a After replacing the controller, be sure to line. (Display range: 0 – 3,000)
perform (check) the setting. q Using method
While this code is displayed, its function is
effective and the cooling fan speed is set to the
maximum.
a Adjust the cooling fan maximum speed in
advance in the fan maximum speed adjust-
ment mode (ID: 1005).
a After this code is turned OFF, its function
becomes ineffective.
D275A-5R 25
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
[12] 1005: Fan 100% mode [13] 1012: Steering lever neutral value setting
q This code forcedly sets the rpm of cooling fan q This code is used to adjust the steering poten-
at approximately 100% of the maximum speed. tiometer neutral position of the PCCS lever.
It is also used to set the adjustment value of q The output signal of steering potentiometer
the maximum speed. from displayed by voltage on the lower line
q The lower part displays data for adjustment. (Display range: 0 – 5000).
q Instructions for use: q Adjustment method:
a The function is enabled with this code dis- i) Shift the PCCS lever in the steering neu-
played to control the rpm of cooling fan to tral position.
approximately 100% of the maximum ii) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
speed. position and check that the caution buzzer
i) Change the adjustment value of the maxi- sounds.
mum speed by operating shift-up switch a Even after adjustment, the display of the
(6) and shift-down switch (7). lower line does not change.
q [UP]: Increase the adjustment value. a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
q [DOWN]: Decrease the adjustment is effective.
value. a This code is not for adjustment of the
ii) To settle the adjustment value, set buzzer steering performance, etc.
cancel switch (4) in the [U] position and
check that the alarm buzzer sounds.
k When using this mode, warm up the
machine sufficiently. If the machine is
not warmed up sufficiently, durability
of the radiator may be reduced.
Rough standard of warming up: All of
the hydraulic oil temperature, engine
coolant temperature and power train oil
temperature are within the operating
range.
a If this code is finished, the function
becomes ineffective but the set adjust-
ment value is effective.
26 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[14] 1013: Steering lever left maximum value set [15] 1014: Steering lever right maximum value set
q This code is used to adjust the maximum left q This code is used to adjust the maximum right
steering potentiometer position of the PCCS steering potentiometer position of the PCCS
lever. lever.
q The output signal of the steering potentiometer q The output signal of steering potentiometer from
from displayed by voltage on the lower line displayed by voltage on the lower line (Display
(Display range: 0 – 5000). range: 0 – 5000).
q Adjustment method: q Adjustment method:
i) Set the PCCS lever to the left steering i) Set the PCCS lever to the right steering
stroke end. stroke end.
ii) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] ii) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
position and check that the caution buzzer position and check that the caution buzzer
sounds. sounds.
a Even after adjustment, the display of the a Even after adjustment, the display of the
lower line does not change. lower line does not change.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective. is effective.
a This code is not for adjustment of the a This code is not for adjustment of the
steering performance, etc. steering performance, etc.
D275A-5R 27
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
[16] 1015: Left brake oil pressure offset [17] 1016: Right brake oil pressure offset
q This code is used to adjust the left brake oil q This code is used to adjust the right brake oil
pressure manually. pressure manually.
q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed
on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its
value is displayed. It can be adjusted further value is displayed. It can be adjusted further
within the allowable range). within the allowable range).
q Adjustment method: q Adjustment method:
a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3 a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3
MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3) MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3)
1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil 1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil
pressure. pressure.
q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres- q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres-
sure sure
q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil
pressure pressure
a The offset pressure is increased or a The offset pressure is increased or
decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2} decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2}
(Displayed value: 0.05). (Displayed value: 0.05).
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] 2) Operate the buzzer cancel switch to [U]
position and check that the caution buzzer side and check that the caution buzzer
sounds. sounds.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective. is effective.
28 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[18] 2223: Reverse slow cut function setting [19] 5535: Both steering clutches disengagement
q This code is used to forcibly stop the reverse q This code is used to engage the transmission
slow function in the R1 gear speed, regardless clutch without driving the machine for testing,
of the switch operations of the machine moni- adjusting, troubleshooting, Pm Clinic, etc.
tor. q The transmission speed (Unit: rpm) is dis-
q This code does not affect the reverse slow played on the lower line.
function in the R2 and R3 gear speeds. q Using method:
q Whether the reverse slow cut function is turned While this code is displayed, the function is
on is displayed by letters on the lower line. effective and steering clutches on both sides
q Adjustment method: are disengaged. Accordingly, the machine
Change the setting by operating information does not travel even if the PCCS lever is oper-
switch (5). ated.
q [ < ], [ > ]: Change setting. a If this code is turned off, the function
q [DEACTIVE]: Turn off reverse slow cut func- becomes ineffective.
tion.
q [ACTIVE]: Turn on reverse slow cut func-
tion.
a If the reverse slow function is stopped, the
reverse speed is not slowed down in the
R1 gear speed even if the reverse slow
mode switch on the machine monitor is
turned ON.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective.
D275A-5R 29
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
[20] 5537: Left steering clutch oil pressure offset [21] 5538: Right steering clutch oil pressure offset
q This code is used to adjust the left clutch oil q This code is used to adjust the right clutch oil
pressure manually. pressure manually.
q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed q The offset oil pressure (Unit: MPa) is displayed
on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its on the lower line (If it has been adjusted, its
value is displayed. It can be adjusted further value is displayed. It can be adjusted further
within the allowable range). within the allowable range).
q Adjustment method: q Adjustment method:
a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3 a The allowable adjustment range is ± 0.3
MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3) MPa {3 kg/cm2} (Displayed value: 0.3)
1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil 1) Operate the shift switch to set the offset oil
pressure. pressure.
q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres- q Shiftup switch (6): Increase oil pres-
sure sure
q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil q Shiftdown switch (7): Decrease oil
pressure pressure
a The offset pressure is increased or a The offset pressure is increased or
decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2} decreased by 0.05 MPa {0.5 kg/cm2}
(Displayed value: 0.05). (Displayed value: 0.05).
2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U] 2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
position and check that the caution buzzer position and check that the caution buzzer
sounds. sounds.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective. is effective.
30 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
[22] 9995: Operation mode of emergency stop pre- [24] 9997: High idle limit setting
vention valve q This code is used to limit the use high idle
q This code is used to check that the sudden speed.
stop prevention valve works normally. q The engine speed limit adjustment value is dis-
q The voltage of the brake potentiometer is dis- played on the lower line.
played on the lower line. q Limit range: High idle speed – –400rpm
q Using method: q Using method:
While this code is displayed, its function is 1) Select a limit speed by setting information
effective and the emergency stop prevention switch (5) in the [ > ] position or [ < ] posi-
valve keeps operating. tion.
Under this condition, operate the brake pedal 2) Set buzzer cancel switch (4) in the [U]
or parking brake lever and check the brake oil position and check that the caution buzzer
pressure. sounds.
a If this code is turned off, its function is a If the high idle speed is limited, the engine
turned off. speed is not set to the normal high idle
even if the fuel control dial is set to the
maximum position.
a Even if this code is turned off, the setting
is effective.
D275A-5R 31
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
32 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
34 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
10) Display of R2 odometer (08) 12) When operating machine in load memory
On this screen, the integrated R2 (reverse display mode
2nd gear speed) travel distance is dis- If the parking brake lever is set in the FREE
played. position, gear speed display section (1) dis-
a The data cannot be reset. plays normally and the machine can be
operated normally.
a To select another screen, return the
parking brake lever to the LOCK posi-
tion and perform the necessary pro-
cedure.
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
D275A-5R 35
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
36 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
38 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Automatic
No. Code Monitoring item Unit Remarks
selection
36 18600 INJECT CMD Final injection quantity command mg/st —
37 18700 ENG TRUQUE Engine output torque Nm —
Engine controller engine internal
38 18900 E-ECM TP °C —
temperature
39 20201 T/M. PROGRM Transmission controller program version Character —
40 20202 S/T. PROGRM Steering controller program version Character —
41 20216 ENG BLD Engine controller build version Character —
42 20217 ENG CAL Engine controller calibration data version Character —
43 20300 KOMTRAX KOMTRAX LED monitor LED 37
44 20400 E-ECM SN Engine controller ECM serial No. Character —
45 30100 T/C TEMP. Power train oil temperature °C 7
46 31400 T/M OUT Transmission controller output speed rpm 2
Transmission controller fill switch input
47 31520 T/M-FILL bit See detailed information —
condition
Steering controller fill switch input
48 31521 S/T FILL bit See detailed information —
condition
49 31602 1st CLUTCH 1st clutch ECMV current command value mA —
2nd clutch ECMV current command
50 31603 2nd CLUTCH mA —
value
51 31604 3rd CLUTCH 3rd clutch ECMV current command value mA —
Reverse clutch ECMV current command
52 31606 Rev CLUTCH mA —
value
Forward clutch ECMV current command
53 31608 Frd CLUTCH mA —
value
1st clutch ECMV output current
54 31612 1 CLUTCH F mA 30
(Feedback value)
2nd clutch ECMV output current
55 31613 2 CLUTCH F mA 31
(Feedback value)
3rd clutch ECMV output current
56 31614 3 CLUTCH F mA 32
(Feedback value)
Reverse clutch ECMV output current
57 31616 R CLUTCH F mA 29
(Feedback value)
Right brake ECMV output current
58 31618 BRAKE R. H. mA 24
(Feedback value)
Left brake ECMV output current
59 31619 BRAKE L. H. mA 23
(Feedback value)
Right brake ECMV current command
60 31620 BRAKE R. H. mA —
value
Left brake ECMV current command
61 31621 BRAKE L. H. mA —
value
Forward clutch ECMV output current
62 31622 F CLUTCH F mA 28
(Feedback value)
63 31623 FAN PUMP. O Fan pump EPC current command value mA —
Fan pump EPC output current
64 31624 FAN PUMP. F mA —
(Feedback value)
65 31625 PITCH SOL. Pitch solenoid current mA —
66 31626 HSS M. FREE Motor free solenoid voltage mV —
67 31627 L/U SOL Lockup solenoid current mA 33
Emergency stop prevention solenoid
68 31628 E. BRAKE SL mA 25
current
40 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
Automatic
No. Code Monitoring item Unit Remarks
selection
69 31701 DECEL Decelerator position % 8
70 31703 DECEL Decelerator pedal potentiometer voltage mV 21
71 31706 F THROTTLE Final accelerator position % 9
72 32900 BODY ANGLE Machine pitch angle deg 15
73 36001 Accel Adj Throttle correction value % —
74 36200 PRESS CMD Final common rail command MPa —
75 36300 INJECT CMD Final injection timing command CA —
76 36400 RAIL PR Common rail pressure MPa 11
77 36401 RAIL PR Common rail pressure sensor voltage mV —
78 36500 BOOST PRS Boost pressure kPa (Absolute pressure) 12
79 36501 BOOST PRS Boost pressure sensor voltage mV —
80 36700 ENG TORQUE Engine conversion torque % 13
81 37200 EG OIL PRS Engine oil pressure kPa 10
82 37201 EG OIL PRS Engine oil pressure sensor voltage mV —
83 37301 FUEL RATE Momentary fuel consumption L/h —
84 37400 AMB PRESS Ambient pressure kPa (Absolute pressure) —
85 37401 AMB PRESS Ambient pressure sensor voltage mV —
86 40001 VEHICLE SP Theoretical travel speed km/h 3
Transmission controller switch input
87 40905 T/M-SW1 bit See detailed information —
signal 1
Transmission controller switch input
88 40906 T/M-SW2 bit See detailed information —
signal 2
Transmission controller operation input
89 40907 T/M OP SIG bit See detailed information —
signal
Transmission controller blade lever oil
90 40908 T/M HYD SW bit See detailed information —
pressure switch input signal
Transmission controller ON/OFF output
91 40909 T/M SOL. 2 bit See detailed information —
signal 2
92 40910 S/T-SW1 Steering controller switch input signal 1 bit See detailed information —
93 40911 S/T-SW2 Steering controller switch input signal 2 bit See detailed information —
94 40913 S/T-SW5 Steering controller switch input signal 5 bit See detailed information —
Steering controller ON/OFF output
95 40914 S/T SOL. 1 bit See detailed information —
signal 1
Steering controller ON/OFF output
96 40915 S/T SOL. 2 bit See detailed information —
signal 2
97 43502 IdleCancel Warm-up operation cancel flag bit See detailed information —
98 44202 Accel Up Throttle upper limit value data % —
99 44203 Accel Low Throttle lower limit value data % —
100 50200 T/M LEVR 1 FR lever potentiometer 1 voltage mV 16
101 50201 T/M LEVR 2 FR lever potentiometer 2 voltage mV 17
102 50300 S/T LEVR 1 Steering lever potentiometer 1 voltage mV 18
103 50301 S/T LEVR 2 Steering lever potentiometer 2 voltage mV 19
104 50400 BRAKE PEDL Brake pedal potentiometer voltage mV 20
105 50900 N-SAFTY Neutral safety relay drive voltage mV 35
106 51000 ENG REG Regulation circuit command value rpm —
107 51100 FUEL DIAL Fuel control dial command speed rpm —
108 60000 TRACTION Theoretical traction force W 4
D275A-5R 41
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Automatic
No. Code Monitoring item Unit Remarks
selection
109 60100 BODY ANGLE Pitch angle sensor voltage mV —
110 60200 ACCELERATN Acceleration sensor voltage mV —
111 60300 SSC ORDER SSC command value rpm —
112 60400 S/T-SW6 Steering controller SW input signal 6 bit See detailed information —
Engine controller ACC cut relay drive
113 60500 ENG. CON. PW mV —
voltage
Steering controller battery relay drive
114 60600 BR HOLD mV —
voltage
115 60700 S/T MODE Steering condition variable Character —
116 60800 FILL MODE Fill condition setting variable Character —
117 60909 MOD. MODE Modulation condition setting variable Character —
118 70000 CHG. P. MODE Gearshift point condition setting variable Character —
Transmission output speed sensor
119 70200 T/M OUT mV —
voltage
Transmission controller blade lever knob
120 70300 B. KNOB SW bit See detailed information —
switch input signal
Transmission controller ON/OFF output
121 70304 T/M SOL. 1 bit —
signal 1
122 70305 T/M RIPER2 Ripper lever oil pressure switch input bit See detailed information —
123 70400 BACK ALARM Backup alarm relay drive voltage mV —
124 70600 DUAL SOL. Dual tilt solenoid current mA —
125 70700 HYD. PUMP Work equipment oil pressure MPa 14
Work equipment oil pressure 1 sensor
126 70701 HYD. PUMP 1 mV —
voltage
Left clutch ECMV output feedback
127 90600 S/T CLT LH mA 26
current
Right clutch ECMV output feedback
128 90601 S/T CLT RH mA 27
current
129 90602 S/T CLT LH Left clutch ECMV current command mA —
130 90603 S/T CLT RH Right clutch ECMV current command mA —
131 92100 F1 SMR F1 travel integrated time h —
132 92101 F2 SMR F2 travel integrated time h —
133 92102 F3 SMR F3 travel integrated time h —
134 92200 R1 SMR R1 travel integrated time h —
135 92201 R2 SMR R2 travel integrated time h —
136 92202 R3 SMR R3 travel integrated time h —
137 99901 TRIG T F Trigger time F msec —
138 99902 TRIG T R Trigger time R msec —
139 99903 TRIG T 1 Trigger time 1 msec —
140 99904 TRIG T 2 Trigger time 2 msec —
141 99905 TRIG T 3 Trigger time 3 msec —
142 99906 TM SFT Transmission shift condition Character —
143 99907 LU Lockup condition bit See detailed information —
144 99908 TM IN TRQ Transmission input torque Nm —
145 99909 DOZING h Dozing time h —
146 99910 RIPPING h Ripping time h —
147 99911 PATH NUM Number of path path —
42 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
Automatic
No. Code Monitoring item Unit Remarks
selection
148 99913 TC IN TRQ Torque converter input torque Nm —
149 99914 H. P 1 TRQ Work equipment pump 1 input torque Nm —
150 99917 BR L PRESS Left brake command pressure MPa —
151 99918 BR R PRESS Right brake command pressure MPa —
152 99919 CL L PRESS Left clutch command pressure MPa —
153 99920 CL R PRESS Right clutch command pressure MPa —
a The numbers in the Automatic selection column can be displayed in numeric order by setting the infor-
mation switch in the ">" or "<" position.
D275A-5R 43
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Examples of display of bit information 18301: Engine controller idle validation switch 2
a The display position of the bit information in the 1: Idle validation switch: When detected
"Real-time monitoring mode (Display of only 1 2: (Unused)
item)" is different from that in the "Dual display 3: (Unused)
monitoring mode (Simultaneous display of 2 4: (Unused)
items)". 5: (Unused)
a The bit information is displayed by [ _ ] for OFF 6: (Unused)
and [ o ] for ON in the places 1 – 8. 7: (Unused)
a The state of each item shown below is the con- 8: (Unused)
dition for turning on the bit.
44 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
31521: Input state of steering controller fill switch 40906: Transmission controller input signal 2
1: Left brake fill switch: ON 1: Automatic gear shift-down switch: ON
2: Left clutch fill switch: ON 2: Neutral switch: ON
3: (Unused) 3: Neutral switch: OFF
4: (Unused) 4: Shift mode switch: ON
5: Right clutch fill switch: ON 5: Shift mode switch: OFF
6: Right brake fill switch: ON 6: (Unused)
7: (Unused) 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused) 8: (Unused)
a Items 2 and 5 are for optional specifications.
D275A-5R 45
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
40908: Input signal of transmission controller blade 40910: Steering controller switch input signal 1
lever oil pressure switch 1: (Unused)
1: Blade raise switch: ON 2: (Unused)
2: Blade lower switch: ON 3: (Unused)
3: (Unused) 4: (Unused)
4: (Unused) 5: Parking brake lever switch: FREE
5: Blade left tilt switch: ON 6: Parking brake lever switch: LOCK
6: Blade right tilt switch: ON 7: (Unused)
7: (Unused) 8: (Unused)
8: (Unused)
a This item is for optional specifications.
46 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
40913: Steering controller switch input signal 5 40915: Steering controller ON/OFF output signal 2
1: ACC signal: ON 1: Pre-lubrication motor relay drive: ON
2: Pre-lubricating oil pressure switch: ON 2: Engine ACC cut relay drive: (ON)
3: R signal 3: (Unused)
4: (Unused) 4: (Unused)
5: Fan reverse mode switch: ON 5: (Unused)
6: Fan clean mode switch: ON 6: (Unused)
7: (Unused) 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused) 8: (Unused)
a Items 2 and 5 are for optional specifications. a This item is for optional specifications.
40914: Output signal of steering controller ON/OFF 43502: Warm-up operation cancel flag
1: (Unused) 1: Warm-up operation cancel flag: ON
2: Snap shot signal: ON 2: (Unused)
3: Fan reverse solenoid: ON 3: (Unused)
4: (Unused) 4: (Unused)
5: Battery relay drive output: ON 5: (Unused)
6: Sudden stop prevention valve: ON 6: (Unused)
7: (Unused) 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused) 8: (Unused)
a Item 2 is for optional specifications.
D275A-5R 47
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
60400: Steering controller switch input signal 6 70304: Transmission controller ON/OFF output signal
1: (Unused) 1: Dual tilt solenoid: ON
2: C-signal: ON 2: Pitch solenoid: ON
3: Engine low idle: ON 3: (Unused)
4: Engine stop signal: ON 4: (Unused)
5: Hydraulic oil level switch signal: ON 5: (Unused)
6: Pre-lubrication motor drive signal: ON 6: (Unused)
7: (Unused) 7: (Unused)
8: (Unused) 8: (Unused)
a Items 3 and 6 are for optional specifications.
48 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
11. Dual display monitoring mode 2) Selecting and entering monitored items
(11-DUAL DISPLAY MONITORING MODE) i) On the code input screen, input the 5-
In this mode, 2 monitored items can be dis- digit codes of the items to be moni-
played simultaneously. tored to the upper and lower lines by
a Note that only codes and monitoring infor- operating information switch (5), shift-
mation are displayed in this mode since up switch (6), and shift-down switch
the usable display columns are limited. (7).
(Item names and units cannot be dis- q [ > ]: Move cursor to right.
played.) q [ < ]: Move cursor to left.
q [UP]: Increase number.
1) Selecting and executing mode q [DOWN]: Decrease number.
i) Select "Dual display monitoring mode" ii) After inputting the codes, display the
on the mode selection screen. m on i to r in g s c r e en b y op er a ti n g
a If the mode is selected, code buzzer cancel switch (4).
(dR) is displayed on gear speed q [U]: Enter input code.
display section (1) and the title is
displayed.
ii) Display the monitoring code input
screen by operating buzzer cancel
switch (4).
q [U]: Execute mode.
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
50 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02754-01
D275A-5R 51
SEN02754-01 30 Testing and adjusting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02754-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
52 D275A-5R
SEN02755-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
2 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
2. Registration of machine
Using the KOMTRAX client personal com- 7) Turn the starting switch ON and wait for 5
puter, the responsible person for use of seconds. [Dot (a) blinks on and off]
KOMTRAX must register the machine. q Blinking of dot (a): When the terminal
a For the procedure, see "Manual for respon- detects insert or removal of the con-
sible person for use of KOMTRAX". nector, dot (a) blinks on and off.
a The above is all of the necessary work. 8) Disconnect inspection connector 2 and
wait for 5 seconds. [Dot (a) blinks on and
If KOMTRAX terminal is installed after machine off]
is delivered: 9) Reconnect inspection connector 1 and
a If the KOMTRAX terminal is installed (retrofit- wait for 5 seconds. [Dot (a) blinks on and
ted) after the machine is delivered, carry out off]
the following procedure. 10) Reconnect inspection connector 2 and
wait for 5 seconds. [Dot (a) blinks on and
1. Inspection of machine for starting use of off]
KOMTRAX a Perform steps 7) to 10) in 30 seconds.
1) Move the machine to a place with good Monitor panel
visibility of upper direction.
2) Switch the machine monitor display to
"Adjust mode" enter "Setting KOMTRAX
specification", and enable the KOMTRAX
function.
q Adjust code: 0021
q Specification: ACTIVE
3) Switch the machine monitor display to
"Monitoring mode" and enter "KOMTRAX
LED display".
q Monitoring code: 20300
a Refer to "Special functions of monitor
panel (EMMS)" for the operating method.
4) Turn the starting switch OFF and wait for
at least 5 seconds, and then go to the next
step.
a After the starting switch is turned
OFF, the machine monitor keeps dis-
playing.
5) Visually check that inspection connectors
1 and 2 are connected.
q Inspection connector 1:
T0F (female) and T0M (male)
q Inspection connector 2:
T1F (female) and T1M (male)
4 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
15) Turn the starting switch to the OFF posi- 2. Application for start of use
tion. a Before applying for start of use, be sure to
16) After 5 seconds, check that the 7-segment finish the inspection of the machine for
lamp indicates "Normal". starting use.
a If "Normal" is indicated, the inspection 1) Notify the following data of the machine
for starting use is finished. inspected for start of use to the responsi-
a If "Abnormal" is indicated, the inspec- ble person for use of KOMTRAX.
tion for starting use is not finished (1) Data of machine inspected for start of
normally. In this case, repeat the use (Machine name, machine moni-
above procedure from step 1). tor, and serial No.)
(2) Part No. and serial No. of KOMTRAX
terminal
(3) Service meter reading when KOMTRAX
terminal is installed (Unit: 0.1 h)
6 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
The KOMTRAX system indicates the information in the system and contents of processing with the LED dis-
play unit at the top of the KOMTRAX terminal. Accordingly, if the system seems to have a trouble, carry out
the following checks.
q Check of antennas
q Check of terminal LEDs
Before using the KOMTRAX system, you must complete application for start of use and inspection of the
machine for starting use.
Check of antennas
a Before checking the indication of the LED unit, check that the communication antenna and GPS
antenna are free from abnormality.
q The communication antenna must not be off the position and must not be broken.
q The communication antenna cable must not be disconnected and must be connected to the KOMTRAX
terminal normally.
q The GPS antenna must not be off the position and must not be broken.
q The GPS antenna cable must not be disconnected and must be connected to the KOMTRAX terminal
normally.
a The contents of the LED display can also be checked in the monitoring mode (ID: 20300) of the machine
monitor.
8 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
a The contents of the 7-segment and dot display can also be checked in the monitoring mode (ID: 20300)
of the machine monitor.
D275A-5R 9
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Machine monitor
1) Remove cover (1).
2) Remove the 2 mounting bolts and pull out
machine monitor (2) toward the operator’s
seat.
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004
2. Engine controller
1) Open left engine side cover (3) and
remove cover (4).
10 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
12 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
D275A-5R 13
Pm Clinic service 1
Model Serial No. Service meter
D275A-5R h
Specifications
Blade Attachment Shoe width
T Semi U blade T Multi-shank ripper T 610 mm
T U blade T Variable giant ripper T 710 mm
T Dual tilt blade T Counterweight ( kg) T 760 mm
T T T
Operating conditions
Quarry, mine Construction Type of soil (specific gravity) Type of work
T Construction, civil engi-
T Coal T Rock T Dozing %
neering
T Gold T Roads T Gravel T Side cutting %
T Limestone T Tunnels T Sand T Ripping %
T T T Clay T Travel %
Existence of abnormalities
Oil, coolant level check
T Engine coolant level When necessary
T Engine oil level T Power train T Damper case
T Hydraulic oil level T Final drive T( )
Operator's opinion
a Engine coolant temperature: Max. range a Power train oil temperature: Max. range
Serial No.: 35001 – 35004 Serial No.: 35005 and up Serial No.: 35001 – 35004 Serial No.: 35005 and up
14 D275A-5R
Check positions/Method 1
D275A-5R 15
Check positions/Method 2
16 D275A-5R
Check positions/Method 3
D275A-5R 17
Pm Clinic check sheet Serial No
D275A-5R
Work order No. Date Service meter Serviceman
h
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Low idle 650 - 750 650 - 750
High idle Deceleration pedal depressed 850 - 950 850 - 950
Engine speed High idle (Deceleration cut-off mode) rpm 2,150 - 2,250 2,150 - 2,250
Torque converter stall 1,570 - 1,670 Min. 1,510
Torque converter stall + work equipment relief 1,530 - 1,630 Min. 1,450
kPa Max. 2.94 3.92
Blow-by pressure Torque converter stall {mmH2O} {Max. 300} {400}
Engine
SAE0W30E0S
High idle SAE5W40E0S Min. 0.34 0.21
SAE10W30DH {Min. 3.5} {2.1}
Engine oil MPa
SAE15W40DH {kg/cm2}
pressure
SAE30DH Oil Min. 0.10 0.08
Low idle Oil temperature: {Min. 1.0} {0.8}
Min. 80
kPa Min. 116 99
Boost pressure Torque converter stall {mmHg} {Min. 870} {740}
Exhaust temperature Torque converter stall Max. 670 720
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Max. 0.2 Max. 0.2
Torque converter
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Steering clutch & brake
When measuring the oil pressure of the torque converter and transmission, use the adjustment mode of the monitor and set to "Both steering clutches release mode".
(Check that the left and right steering clutches are released.) When measuring the pressure of each transmission clutch, check only with the engine at low idling to ensure safety.
18 D275A-5R
Pm Clinic check sheet Serial No
D275A-5R
Work order No. Date Service meter Serviceman
h
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
1.57 - 1.96 1.47 - 2.06
Right clutch pressure {16 - 20} {15 - 21}
Steering clutch & brake
Brake performance Engine at high idle, F2, brake actuated Machine must not move
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Ripper lift 26.1 - 28.8 26.1 - 28.8
relief {266 - 294} {266 - 294}
Hydraulic components
Low idle
Blade tilt relief 26.1 - 28.8 26.1 - 28.8
(single tilt only) {266 - 294} {266 - 294}
Work equipment pump
Ripper lift MPa 26.1 - 28.8 26.1 - 28.8
relief {kg/cm2} {266 - 294} {266 - 294}
Blade tilt relief 26.1 - 28.8 26.1 - 28.8
High idle {266 - 294} {266 - 294}
(single tilt only)
Control circuit basic 3.43 - 3.92 3.23 - 3.92
pressure Lever: Neutral {35 - 40} {33 - 40}
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Low idle 8 - 15 20
Blade RAISE
Work equipment speed
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Hydraulic drift
Blade lift drift level Engine stopped Max. 150 Max. 300
mm/15 min.
Ripper lift drift level Max. 80 Max. 160
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Min rotation speed
Low idle Fan 100% speed 420 - 480
mode
Fan speed rpm
Fan
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value Test results Pass Fail
Visual inspection of final drive drain plug Engine stopped There must be no excessive metal particles
Always fill in the record when repairing, adjusting, or replacing main parts.
Date Service meter Repair record Date Service meter Repair record
D275A-5R 19
Pm Clinic undercarriage check sheet Serial No
D275A-5R
Work order No. Date Service meter Serviceman
h
20 D275A-5R
Undercarriage troubleshooting report (Normal)
(Program form No.: SELA195001)
Y Komatsu
Undercarriage Inspection Customer name:
Address:
LH 166.0 148.0
H
RH 166.0 148.0
LINK HEIGHT1.3
New Turned
BUSHING d1 LH 90.5 82.0
New Turned
d
D is the smallest d RH 90.5 82.0
of d1,d2 and,d3 1
GROUSER HIGHT LH 88.0 30.0
H
0 RH 88.0 30.0
CARRIER
CARRIER LH 200.0 175.0
Front
RH 200.0 175.0
D LH 200.0 175.0
Rear
1.3 RH 200.0 175.0
IDLER
IDLER LH 21.0 33.5
Front
H RH 21.0 33.5
LH 21.0 33.5
Rear
1.3 RH 21.0 33.5
1 LH 255.0 195.0
2 LH 255.0 195.0
3 LH 255.0 195.0
4 LH 255.0 195.0
5 LH 255.0 195.0
6 LH 255.0 195.0
7 LH 255.0 195.0
TRACK ROLLER 8 LH 255.0 195.0
9 LH 255.0 195.0
10 LH 255.0 195.0
D 1 RH 255.0 195.0
h1 2 RH 255.0 195.0
h2
3 RH 255.0 195.0
4 RH 255.0 195.0
D=2(h1-h2)
5 RH 255.0 195.0
6 RH 255.0 195.0
7 RH 255.0 195.0
8 RH 255.0 195.0
9 RH 255.0 195.0
1.3 10 RH 255.0 195.0
SPROCKET h1 LH 0.0 8.0
H is the smallest of
h1,h2,h3 h3 h2
1.3 RH 0.0 8.0
Remarks:
D275A-5R 21
Undercarriage troubleshooting report (Impact)
(Program form No.: SELA195001)
Y Komatsu
Undercarriage Inspection Customer name:
Address:
LH 166.0 148.0
H
RH 166.0 148.0
LINK HEIGHT1.3
New Turned
BUSHING d1 LH 90.5 84.5
New Turned
d
D is the smallest d RH 90.5 84.5
of d1,d2 and,d3 1
GROUSER HIGHT LH 88.0 30.0
H
0 RH 88.0 30.0
CARRIER
CARRIER LH 200.0 175.0
Front
RH 200.0 175.0
D LH 200.0 175.0
Rear
1.3 RH 200.0 175.0
IDLER
IDLER LH 21.0 33.5
Front
H RH 21.0 33.5
LH 21.0 33.5
Rear
1.3 RH 21.0 33.5
1 LH 255.0 195.0
2 LH 255.0 195.0
3 LH 255.0 195.0
4 LH 255.0 195.0
5 LH 255.0 195.0
6 LH 255.0 195.0
7 LH 255.0 195.0
TRACK ROLLER 8 LH 255.0 195.0
9 LH 255.0 195.0
10 LH 255.0 195.0
D 1 RH 255.0 195.0
h1 2 RH 255.0 195.0
h2
3 RH 255.0 195.0
4 RH 255.0 195.0
D=2(h1-h2)
5 RH 255.0 195.0
6 RH 255.0 195.0
7 RH 255.0 195.0
8 RH 255.0 195.0
9 RH 255.0 195.0
1.3 10 RH 255.0 195.0
SPROCKET h1 LH 0.0 8.0
H is the smallest of
h1,h2,h3 h3 h2
1.3 RH 0.0 8.0
Remarks:
22 D275A-5R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02755-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN02755-01 30 Testing and adjusting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02755-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
24 D275A-5R
SEN02756-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Failure code table and fuse locations
Failure codes table.......................................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations............................................................................................................................................... 10
D275A-5R 1
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
DDNCLD Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is kept ON for TM — Electrical
long time system
DDNDLD Ripper lift tilt-in oil pressure switch is kept ON for TM — Electrical
long time system
DDQ2KA Parking brake lever switch disconnection TM CALL E03 Electrical
system
Electrical
DDQ2KB Parking brake lever switch short circuit ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DDQ2L4 Parking brake lever switch disagreement ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DDT5KA Neutral switch disconnection TM CALL E04 system
DDT5KB Neutral switch short circuit TM CALL E04 Electrical
system
DDT5KQ Lever specification selection (Model selection signal TM CALL E04 Electrical
disagreement) system
DGS1KX Hydraulic oil temperature sensor input signal is out TM — Electrical
of normal range system
Electrical
DGT1KA Power train oil temp sensor disconnection TM E01 system
Electrical
DGT1KX Power train oil temp sensor out of signal range MON E01 system
Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short cir- Electrical
DH21KB cuit ST E01 system
DH22KA Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor discon- TM — Electrical
nection system
DH22KB Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short cir- TM — Electrical
cuit system Troubleshooting
DK10KA Fuel control dial disconnection ST CALL E03 Electrical by failure code,
system Part 5
Electrical SEN02762-00
DK10KB Fuel control dial short circuit ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK30KA Steering potentiometer (1) disconnection ST CALL E03 system
Electrical
DK30KB Steering potentiometer (1) short circuit ST CALL E03 system
DK30KX Steering potentiometer (1) out of input signal range ST CALL E04 Electrical
system
DK30KZ Steering potentiometer (1) disconnection or short ST CALL E04 Electrical
circuit system
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
a The items in this table are arranged in the order of the failure codes.
a A component in charge is a controller or the machine monitor in charge of the system check.
MON : Machine monitor
ENG : Engine controller
TM : Transmission controller
ST : Steering controller
a The failure codes having no numbers in the action code column are not displayed on the ordinary
screen when abnormality related to them occurs. They are simply recorded in the fault history of the
service menu (Electrical equipment system or mechanical equipment system).
a The history classification column shows in which system each failure is classified, the electrical equip-
ment system or mechanical equipment system, when it is recorded in the failure history.
a Blinking and lighting of failure code
q Blinking : The trouble has not been repaired.
q Lighting : The trouble has been repaired.
D275A-5R 9
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
Fuse locations 1
Connection table of circuit breakers and fuse boxes
a This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (An
accessory power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the ON position
and an unswitched power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the OFF
and ON positions).
a When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the circuit breakers
and fuses to see if the power is supplied normally.
< CAB specification >
Circuit breakers
Breaker capacity
Breaker No. Conector No. Destination of power
(A)
1 CB105H 105 Electrical intake air heater relay
2 B7L 30 Engine controller
3 F96 105 Main power supply
4 F32 30 Unswitched power supply
5 CB1 20 Steering controller
6 CB2 20 Machine monitor
7 CB3 20 Transmission controller
8 CB4 20 Air conditioner
9 CB5 20 Head lamp
10 CB6 20 Unswitched power supply of starting switch
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
Locations of circuit breakers (Breaker No. 5 – 10) and fuse boxes FS11, FS12, FS21, FS22, FS31, and
FS32 (Operator's seat on left side forward front under)
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
Fuse box
Fuse capacity
Fuse No. Power source Destination of power
(A)
1 10 Radio, Cigarette lighter, Room lamp
2 10 Rear wiper
3 10 Right wiper
4 10 Front wiper
5 Accessory power supply 10 Left wiper
6 20 Additional rear lamp
7 20 Additional head lamp, Revolving warning lamp
8 — Spare
9 — Spare
10 Unswitched power supply 10 Radio memory
D275A-5R 13
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
Locations of fuse boxes FS11, FS12, FS21, FS22, FS31, F32, F41, and FS42 (Operator's seat on left
side forward front under)
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02756-01
Reset method for main power supply circuit Reset method for circuit breaker
breaker Turn the starting switch to the OFF position and
Turn the starting switch to the OFF position to turn push in reset button (5) which was pushed out
the electric circuit OFF, wait for 5 – 10 minutes, and when the electric circuit was turned OFF.
press reset buttons (1) – (4). a If the reset button is pushed out again soon
a Check by the operating effort of each reset but- after it is pushed in, carry out troubleshooting
ton that the circuit is reset. and repair the faulty part.
a If the electric circuit is turned OFF, the operat-
ing effort of the reset button is heavier than
when the electric circuit is turned ON.
a Do not hold down the reset button.
a If the starting motor still does not run after the
reset operation, carry out troubleshooting and
repair the faulty part.
D275A-5R 17
SEN02756-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02756-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
18 D275A-5R
SEN02757-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
General information on troubleshooting
Points to remember when troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting........................................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................... 4
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 5
Contents of troubleshooting table ................................................................................................................... 8
Connection table for connector pin numbers ................................................................................................ 10
T-branch box and T-branch adapter table ..................................................................................................... 46
D275A-5R 1
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to pre-
vent reoccurrence of the failure. When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to
understand the structure and function. However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator
various questions to form some idea of possible causes of the failure that would produce the reported symp-
toms.
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not 4) Other maintenance items can be checked
hurry to disassemble the components. externally, so check any item that is con-
If components are disassembled immediately sidered to be necessary.
any failure occurs:
q Parts that have no connection with the fail- 4. Confirming failure
ure or other unnecessary parts will be dis- Confirm the extent of the failure yourself, and
assembled. judge whether to handle it as a real failure or
q It will become impossible to find the cause as a problem with the method of operation, etc.
of the failure. a When operating the machine to reenact
It will also cause a waste of manhours, parts, the troubleshooting symptoms, do not
or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also carry out any investigation or measure-
lose the confidence of the user or operator. For ment that may make the problem worse.
this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, 5. Troubleshooting
it is necessary to carry out thorough prior Use the results of the investigation and inspec-
investigation and to carry out troubleshooting tion in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down the causes
in accordance with the fixed procedure. of failure, then use the troubleshooting table or
2. Points to ask user or operator troubleshooting flowchart to locate the position
of the the failure exactly.
1) Have any other problems occurred apart
a The basic procedure for troubleshooting is
from the problem that has been reported?
as follows.
2) Was there anything strange about the
1] Start from the simple points.
machine before the failure occurred?
2] Start from the most likely points.
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were
there problems with the machine condition 3] Investigate other related parts or
before this? information.
4) Under what conditions did the failure 6. Measures to remove root cause of failure
occur? Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause
5) Had any repairs been carried out before of the failure is not repaired, the same failure
the failure? When were these repairs car- will occur again.To prevent this, always investi-
ried out? gate why the problem occurred. Then, remove
6) Has the same kind of failure occurred the root cause.
before?
3. Check before troubleshooting
1) Is there any sign of irregularities of the
machine?
2) Make checks before starting day's work.
3) Make checks of other items.
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
1. Procedure for troubleshooting to be taken when action code and failure code are displayed on
machine monitor:
If a action code and a failure code are displayed on the machine monitor, carry out the troubleshooting
for the corresponding "Display of code" according to the displayed failure code.
2. When electrical system failure code or mechanical system failure code is recorded in fault his-
tory:
If a action code and a failure code are not displayed on the machine monitor, check for a mechanical
system failure code and an electrical system failure code with the fault history function of the machine
monitor.
If a failure code is recorded, carry out troubleshooting for the corresponding "Display of code" accord-
ing to that code.
a If an electrical system failure code is recorded, delete all the codes and reproduce them, and then
see if the trouble is still detected.
a A failure code of the mechanical system cannot be deleted.
a If a trouble is displayed in the air conditioner fault history or heater fault history by the fault history
function, carry out the corresponding troubleshooting in "E mode".
3. When action code or failure code is not displayed and no failure code is recorded in fault
history:
If a action code or a failure code is not displayed on the machine monitor and no failure code is recorded
in the fault history, a trouble that the machine cannot find out by itself may have occurred in the electrical
system or hydraulic and mechanical system.
In this case, check the phenomenon looking like a trouble again and select the same phenomenon from
the table of "Phenomena looking like troubles and troubleshooting Nos.", and then carry out trouble-
shooting corresponding to that phenomenon in the "E mode", "H mode", or "S mode".
D275A-5R 5
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena looking like troubles Display
E mode H mode S mode
of code
39 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade lift H-17
40 Excessive hydraulic drift of blade tilt H-18
41 Excessive hydraulic drift of ripper lift H-19
Ripper pin puller cylinder does not work (Giant ripper attachment
42 H-20
machine)
43 Blade pitch does not work (Dual tilt attachment machine) H-21
44 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump H-22
Fan speed is abnormal (Sound and/or vibration of fan are/is abnormally
45 H-23
large or engine overheats)
Phenomena related to machine monitor
46 The ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate E-3
The machine monitor does not come on at all when the starting switch is
47 E-4
turned ON
When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor completely
48 E-5
remains lighted and does not go out
49 When the starting switch is turned ON, the basic check items flash E-6
50 While the engine is operating, any caution item flashes E-7
51 While the engine is operating, the emergency warning item flashes E-8
While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not
52 E-9
come on
At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does
53 E-10
not come on (Dual tilt-mounted machine)
54 The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-11
55 Indication of the power train temperature gauge is abnormal E-12
56 The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-13
57 Indication of the fuel gauge is abnormal E-14
58 Indications of gear speed and engine speed are abnormal E-15
59 Indication of the shift mode service meter is abnormal E-16
60 The switch module cannot be operated E-17
61 The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out E-18
62 The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop E-19
63 Auto shift down is not possible or is not released E-20
64 The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled E-21
66 The operator mode cannot be operated E-22
67 The service mode cannot be operated E-23
68 The back-up alarm does not sound E-24
The night light, the headlamp, the working lamp and the rear lamp on
69 E-25
the panel do not come on
70 The air conditioner does not operate E-26
Other phenomena
71 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally E-27
72 Fan does not reverse E-28
73 Gear cannot be shifted E-29
74 Electric priming pump does not operate or does not stop automatically E-30
D275A-5R 7
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 9
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
a The terms of male and female refer to the pins, while the terms of male housing and female housing
refer to the mating portion of the housing.
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 21
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 25
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 27
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 31
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 41
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 43
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 45
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
a The vertical column indicates a part number of T-branch box or T-branch adapter while the horizontal
column indicates a part number of harness checker assembly.
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4101
799-601-4201
Out of kit
Identification
Part No. Part name
symbol
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4101
799-601-4201
Out of kit
Identification
Part No. Part name
symbol
D275A-5R 47
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4101
799-601-4201
Out of kit
Identification
Part No. Part name
symbol
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02757-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN02757-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02757-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
50 D275A-5R
SEN02758-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure and error
codes, Part 1
Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch dual engagement........................................................................ 3
Failure code [15SAL1] Forward clutch oil pressure 1 ..................................................................................... 4
Failure code [15SALH] Forward clutch oil pressure 2..................................................................................... 6
Failure code [15SBL1] Reverse clutch oil pressure 1 ..................................................................................... 8
Failure code [15SBLH] Reverse clutch oil pressure 2 .................................................................................. 10
Failure code [15SEL1] 1st clutch oil pressure 1............................................................................................ 12
Failure code [15SELH] 1st clutch oil pressure 2 ........................................................................................... 13
Failure code [15SFL1] 2nd clutch oil pressure 1........................................................................................... 14
Failure code [15SFLH] 2nd clutch oil pressure 2 .......................................................................................... 15
Failure code [15SGL1] 3rd clutch oil pressure 1........................................................................................... 16
Failure code [15SGLH] 3rd clutch oil pressure 2 .......................................................................................... 17
Failure code [2201L1] Right steering clutch oil pressure 1 ........................................................................... 18
Failure code [2201LH] Right steering clutch oil pressure 2 .......................................................................... 20
Failure code [2202L1] Left steering clutch oil pressure 1 ............................................................................. 22
D275A-5R 1
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 9
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 21
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 25
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 27
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 31
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 41
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 43
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 45
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 47
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
50 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02758-01
D275A-5R 51
SEN02758-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02758-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
52 D275A-5R
SEN02759-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure and error
codes, Part 2
Failure code [CA111] EMC critical internal failure ........................................................................................... 4
Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup speed sens error ............................................................................. 6
Failure code [CA122] Chg air (boost) press sensor high error ....................................................................... 8
Failure code [CA123] Chg air (boost) press sensor low error....................................................................... 10
Failure code [CA131] Throttle sensor high error........................................................................................... 12
Failure code [CA132] Throttle sensor low error ............................................................................................ 14
Failure code [CA135] End oil press sensor high error .................................................................................. 16
Failure code [CA141] Eng oil press sensor low error.................................................................................... 18
Failure code [CA144] Coolant temp sens high error..................................................................................... 20
Failure code [CA145] Coolant temp sens low error ...................................................................................... 22
Failure code [CA153] Chg air (boost) temp sensor high error ...................................................................... 24
Failure code [CA154] Chg air (boost) temp sensor low error........................................................................ 26
Failure code [CA187] Sens supply 2 volt low error ....................................................................................... 26
Failure code [CA221] Ambient press sens high error ................................................................................... 28
D275A-5R 1
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA122] Chg air (boost) press sensor high error 1
Action code Failure code Chg air (boost) press sensor high error
Trouble
CALL E03 CA122 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage in charge (boost) pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Fixes charge (boost) pressure (400 kPa {4.08 kg/cm2}) and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Acceleration performance of engine lowers or black smoke is produced more during acceleration.
machine
Related • State of charge pressure sensor can be checked with real-time monitoring mode.
information (Code: 36500 Boost pressure)
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
and standard ing without turning starting switch ON.
value in normal Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Ground fault in wiring har- Min. 1 Mz
state (37) – PIM (female) (1) and chassis ground tance
4 ness (Contact with ground
circuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(47) – PIM (female) (3) and chassis ground tance
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(44) – PIM (female) (2) and chassis ground tance
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
ing without turning starting switch ON.
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
(37) – PIM (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring har- (female) (47) – PIM (female) (3)
5 ness (with another wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
harness) Resis-
(37) – PIM (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (44) – PIM (female) (2)
Chassis ground between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
(47) – PIM (female) (3) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (44) – PIM (female) (2)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
6 Defective engine controller
EGC1 Voltage
Between (37) – (47) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 9
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA123] Chg air (boost) press sensor low error 1
Action code Failure code Chg air (boost) press sensor low error
Trouble
CALL E03 CA123 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage in charge (boost) pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Fixes charge (boost) pressure (400 kPa {4.08 kg/cm2}) and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Acceleration performance of engine lowers or black smoke is produced more during acceleration.
machine
Related • State of charge pressure sensor can be checked with real-time monitoring mode.
information (Code: 36500 Boost pressure)
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
ing without turning starting switch ON.
and standard
value in normal Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Ground fault in wiring har- Min. 1 Mz
state (37) – POIL (female) (1) and chassis ground tance
4 ness (Contact with ground
circuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(47) – POIL (female) (2) and chassis ground tance
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(13) – POIL (female) (3) and chassis ground tance
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
ing without turning starting switch ON.
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
(37) – POIL (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
Short circuit in wiring har- (female) (47) – POIL (female) (2)
5 ness (with another wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
harness) Resis-
(37) – POIL (female) (1) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female)
Resis-
(47) – POIL (female) (2) and between EGC1 Min. 1 Mz
tance
(female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
6 Defective engine controller
EGC1 Voltage
Between (37) – (47) Power supply 4.75 – 5.25 V
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 21
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA153] Chg air (boost) temp sensor high error 1
Action code Failure code Chg air (boost) temp sensor high error
Trouble
E01 CA153 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage in charge (boost) temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Fixes charge (boost) temperature (intake air temperature) (70°C) and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Startability of engine lowers at low temperature.
machine
Related • State of charge temperature sensor signal can be checked with real-time monitoring mode.
information (Code: 18501 Boost temperature sensor voltage)
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 25
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA154] Chg air (boost) temp sensor low error 1
Action code Failure code Chg air (boost) temp sensor low error
Trouble
E01 CA154 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage in charge (boost) temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Fixes charge (boost) temperature (intake air temperature) (70°C) and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Startability of engine lowers at low temperature.
machine
Related • State of charge temperature sensor signal can be checked with real-time monitoring mode.
information (Code: 18501 Boost temperature sensor voltage)
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 27
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 31
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 41
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 43
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 45
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 47
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
50 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 51
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
52 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 53
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
54 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 55
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
56 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 57
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
58 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 59
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
60 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON
and standard or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
value in normal 6 Defective engine controller EGC1 Voltage
state Between (33) – (47) 4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (25) – (47) 0.25 – 4.6 V
D275A-5R 61
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
62 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 63
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
64 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
Fig. 1: Locations of overflow valve (1), bypass valve (2), and fuel inlet joint (3)
q Overflow valve (1): Spring is seen through both holes.
q Bypass valve (2): Spring is seen through hole on nut side.
q Fuel inlet joint (3): Gauze filter is seen through both holes.
Note 2: Check, clean, and replace the filters and strainers according to the following procedure.
q Fuel filter: Replace. (Replace both prefilter and main filter.)
q Water separator: Disassemble and check. If screen (4) is clogged, clean it. (See Fig. 2.)
q Gauze filter: Disassemble and check. Clean, if clogged.
q Upstream strainer of gauze filter: Disassemble and check. Clean, if clogged.
D275A-5R 65
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
B. Check with machine monitor (02 Fault history, 01 monitoring, and 09 reduced cylinder mode operation) Good NG
3 Check of failure code / / / /
Check of monitoring information
Standard value Measured
Code Displayed item Checking condition ISO unit Good NG
(Reference value) value
Low idle r/min 650 – 750
High idle
01000 Engine speed r/min 2,150 – 2,250
(Decelerator cut mode)
Torque converter stall r/min 1,570 – 1,670
Final accelerator Low idle % 0
31706
position High idle % 100
Final fuel injection
18600 rate command Torque converter stall mg/st — — —
4 (by weight)
Final common rail
36200 Torque converter stall MPa — — —
pressure command
Common rail pres-
36400 Torque converter stall MPa — — —
sure
Low idle CA — — —
Final injection tim-
36300 High idle CA — — —
ing command
Torque converter stall CA — — —
36500 Boost pressure Torque converter stall kPa — — —
Engine coolant tem-
04104 Low idle °C — — —
perature
14200 Fuel temperature Low idle °C — — —
Check of reduced cylinder mode operation (Engine speed)
Standard value Measured
Setting Reduced cylinder Checking condition ISO unit Good NG
(Reference value) value
No. 1 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
5 No. 2 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
Reduce No. 3 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
each
cylinder No. 4 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
No. 5 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
No. 6 cylinder Low idle r/min — — —
66 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 67
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
68 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02759-01
D275A-5R 69
SEN02759-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02759-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
70 D275A-5R
SEN02760-00
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure and error
codes, Part 3
Failure code [CA731] Eng Bkup speed sens phase error............................................................................... 3
Failure code [CA757] All continuous data lost error........................................................................................ 3
Failure code [CA778] Eng Bkup speed sensor error ...................................................................................... 4
Failure code [CA1633] KOMNET datalink timeout error ................................................................................. 6
Failure code [CA2185] Throt sens sup volt high error .................................................................................... 8
Failure code [CA2186] Throt sens sup volt low error.................................................................................... 10
Failure code [CA2249] No-pressure feed by supply pump 2 ........................................................................ 10
Failure code [CA2555] Intake air heater relay open error ..............................................................................11
Failure code [CA2556] Intake air heater relay short error ............................................................................. 12
Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay holding disconnection ......................................................................... 14
Failure code [D110KB] Battery relay drive short circuit................................................................................. 16
Failure code [D130KA] Neutral safety relay disconnection........................................................................... 18
Failure code [D130KB] Neutral safety relay short circuit .............................................................................. 20
Failure code [D161KA] Back-up alarm relay disconnection.......................................................................... 22
D275A-5R 1
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 25
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 27
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D190KB] Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short 1
Action code Failure code Engine controller ACC signal cut relay short
Trouble
– D190KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of • When ground circuit of engine controller ACC signal cut relay was disconnected, abnormal current
trouble flowed.
Action of
• Turns output of engine controller ACC signal cut relay circuit OFF.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine stop function of steering controller does not work.
machine
• State of engine controller ACC signal cut relay circuit signal can be checked with real-time monitor-
ing mode. (Code: 60500 Engine controller ACC cut relay drive voltage)
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
information
• This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of ACC signal drive relay but does
not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side).
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 29
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 31
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02760-00
D275A-5R 33
SEN02760-00 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02760-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
34 D275A-5R
SEN02761-00
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure and error
codes, Part 4
Failure code [DAQ0KT] Transmission controller internal abnormality ............................................................ 3
Failure code [DAQ1KK] Transmission controller main source voltage reduction............................................ 4
Failure code [DAQ2KK] Transmission controller load voltage reduction ........................................................ 6
Failure code [DAQ5KK] Transmission controller sensor 5 V power source (1) power supply source voltage
reduction .................................................................................................................................................. 8
Failure code [DAQ6KK] Transmission controller sensor 24 V power supply source voltage reduction ........ 10
Failure code [DAQ7KK] Transmission controller sensor 5 V power supply source (2) power source voltage
reduction .................................................................................................................................................11
Failure code [DAQ9KQ] Transmission controller type collation (Type select signal inconsistency).............. 12
Failure code [DAQRKR] Transmission controller CAN defective communication (Abnormality in objective
component system) ............................................................................................................................... 14
Failure code [DAQSKR] Transmission controller S-NET defective communication (Abnormality in objective
component system) ............................................................................................................................... 16
Failure code [DB2RKR] Engine controller CAN defective communication ................................................... 18
D275A-5R 1
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 25
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 27
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 29
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 31
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
Possible causes Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
and standard ness (Disconnection in wiring ing without turning starting switch ON.
2
value in normal or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STCN3 (female) Resis-
nector) Max. 1 z
state (20) – chassis ground tance
Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and carry
out troubleshooting.
3 Defective steering controller
STCN3 Voltage
Between (20) – chassis ground Max. 1V
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 33
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 35
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 37
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 39
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 41
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 43
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 45
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
When failure codes [DD14KA] and [DDQ2KA] occurred at the same time
Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
ing without turning starting switch ON.
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
When failure codes [DD14KA] and [DDQ2KA] occurred at the same time
Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes
and standard Short circuit of wiring harness between
Hot short circuit in wiring har-
value in normal NSW (female) (B) – TMCN1 (female) (18) – Voltage Max. 1V
3 ness (Contact with 24V cir-
state STCN2 (female) (5) with chassis ground
cuit)
Short circuit of wiring harness between
NSW (female) (C) – TMCN1 (female) (12) – Voltage Max. 1V
STCN2 (female) (15) with chassis ground
D275A-5R 47
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 49
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
50 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 51
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
52 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 53
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
54 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 55
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
56 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 57
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
58 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 59
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
60 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 61
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDNBLD] Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is kept ON
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper lift raise oil pressure switch is kept ON for long time
Trouble
— DDNBLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper lift raise oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that the oil pressure switch is turned OFF.
controller
Problem that
• The shoe slip control (SSC) function does not operate normally.
appears on
• Ripper raise operation speed decreases.
machine
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper lift raise oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-
Related time monitoring mode. (Code 70305: Steering controller input signal 3)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON (Error is reproduced after 60 sec-
onds).
62 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
Failure code [DDNCLD] Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is kept ON
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper lift lower oil pressure switch is kept ON for long time
Trouble
— DDNCLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper lift lower oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that the oil pressure switch is turned OFF.
controller
Problem that
• The shoe slip control (SSC) function does not operate normally.
appears on
• Ripper raise operation speed decreases.
machine
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper lift lower oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-
Related time monitoring mode. (Code 70305: Steering controller input signal 3)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON (Error is reproduced after 60 sec-
onds).
D275A-5R 63
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDNDLD] Ripper lift tilt-in oil pressure switch is kept ON
for long time 1
Action code Failure code Ripper lift tilt-in oil pressure switch is kept ON for long time
Trouble
— DDNDLD (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
• The signal of the ripper tilt in oil pressure switch circuit is kept turned ON for 60 seconds.
trouble
Action of
• Recognizes that the oil pressure switch is turned OFF.
controller
Problem that
appears on • The shoe slip control (SSC) function does not operate normally.
machine
• The input state (ON/OFF) from the ripper tilt in oil pressure switch can be checked in the real-time
Related monitoring mode. (Code 70305: Ripper lever oil pressure switch input signal)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON (Error is reproduced after 60 sec-
onds).
64 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 65
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
When failure codes [DDQ2KA] and [DD14KA] occurred at the same time
Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshoot-
ing without turning starting switch ON.
66 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
When failure codes [DDQ2KA] and [DD14KA] occurred at the same time
Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, turn starting switch ON and
carry out troubleshooting.
Short circuit of wiring harness between
Possible causes
NSW (female) (B) – TMCN1 (female) (18) – Voltage Max. 1V
and standard Hot short circuit in wiring har- STCN2 (female) (5) with chassis ground
value in normal 3 ness (Contact with 24V cir-
state cuit) Short circuit of wiring harness between
NSW (female) (C) – TMCN1 (female) (12) – Voltage Max. 1V
STCN2 (female) (15) with chassis ground
Short circuit of wiring harness between
Voltage Max. 1V
NSW (female) (4) with chassis ground
D275A-5R 67
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
68 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 69
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
70 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 71
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
72 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 73
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
74 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02761-00
D275A-5R 75
SEN02761-00 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02761-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
76 D275A-5R
SEN02762-00
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure and error
codes, Part 5
Failure code [DGT1KA] Power train oil temp sensor disconnection................................................................ 4
Failure code [DGT1KX] Power train oil temp sensor out of input signal range ............................................... 6
Failure code [DH21KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short circuit ........................................... 8
Failure code [DH22KA] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor disconnection...................................... 10
Failure code [DH22KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short circuit ......................................... 12
Failure code [DK10KA] Fuel control dial disconnection ................................................................................ 14
Failure code [DK10KB] Fuel control dial short circuit.................................................................................... 16
Failure code [DK30KA] Steering potentiometer (1) disconnection................................................................ 18
Failure code [DK30KB] Steering potentiometer (1) short circuit ................................................................... 20
Failure code [DK30KX] Steering potentiometer (1) out of input signal range ............................................... 22
Failure code [DK30KZ] Steering potentiometer (1) disconnection or short circuit ........................................ 23
Failure code [DK30L8] Steering potentiometer (1) analog signals do not agree .......................................... 24
Failure code [DK31KA] Steering potentiometer (2) disconnection................................................................ 26
Failure code [DK31KB] Steering potentiometer (2) short circuit ................................................................... 28
D275A-5R 1
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 3
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DGT1KX] Power train oil temp sensor out of input signal
range 1
Action code Failure code Power train oil temp sensor out of input signal range
Trouble
E01 DGT1KX (Machine monitor system)
Contents of
• Power train oil temperature sensor signal is out of normal range.
trouble
Action of
• Limits operations of fan.
controller
Problem that • Power train oil temperature gauge of machine monitor does not indicate normally.
appears on • Fan speed is limited to medium (half).
machine • Gear shift shock of transmission may increase.
• Power train oil temperature can be checked with real-time monitoring mode.
Related
(Code: 30100 Power train oil temperature)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON or start engine.
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DH21KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short
circuit 1
Action code Failure code Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short circuit
Trouble
E01 DH21KB (Steering controller system)
Contents of
• Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor signal voltage is out of specified range.
trouble
• None in particular
Action of
Reference: Detection information in transmission controller is sent through CAN to steering controller
controller
and detected.
Problem that
• Work equipment oil pressure cannot be monitored.
appears on
• Power may become insufficient during steering operation.
machine
• Input (Voltage) from work equipment pump oil pressure sensor can be checked in real-time monitor-
Related ing mode. (Code 70701: Voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
• DH22KA, DH22KB and DAQRKR are displayed this code at the same time.
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DH22KB] Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short
circuit 1
Action code Failure code Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor short circuit
Trouble
— DH22KB (Transmision controller system)
Contents of
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor circuit is above specified value.
trouble
Action of
• None in particular
controller
Problem that
appears on • Work equipment pump oil pressure cannot be monitored.
machine
• Input (Voltage) from work equipment pump oil pressure sensor can be checked in real-time monitor-
Related ing mode. (Code 70701: Voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor)
information • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
• DH21KB is displayed as well as this code.
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 25
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 27
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 29
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 31
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 33
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 35
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 37
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 39
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 41
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 43
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 45
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 47
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 49
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
50 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 51
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
52 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 53
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DKH1KX] Pitch angle sensor out of input signal range 1
Action code Failure code Pitch angle sensor out of input signal range
Trouble
E01 DKH1KX (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • Either of pitch angle sensor errors [DKH1KA] and [DKH1KB] occurred or steering controller CAN
trouble communication failure code [DB3RKR] occurred.
Action of
• Cannot recognize pitch angle.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Gear speed is not changed automatically.
machine
• Input voltage from pitch angle sensor can be checked in real-time monitoring mode.
Related
(Code: 60100: Pitch angle sensor voltage)
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
54 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 55
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
56 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 57
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
58 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 59
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
60 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 61
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
62 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 63
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
64 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 65
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
66 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 67
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
68 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02762-00
D275A-5R 69
SEN02762-00 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02762-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
70 D275A-5R
SEN02763-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure and error
codes, Part 6
Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan rev EPC disconnection ..................................................................................... 3
Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan rev EPC short circuit ......................................................................................... 4
Failure code [DW7BKY] Fan reverse solenoid hot short circuit ...................................................................... 5
Failure code [DWN3KA] Sudden stop prevention solenoid disconnection ..................................................... 6
Failure code [DWN3KB] Sudden stop prevention solenoid short circuit ......................................................... 8
Failure code [DWN3KY] Sudden stop prevention solenoid hot short circuit ................................................. 10
Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pump solenoid disconnection ......................................................................... 12
Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pump solenoid short circuit............................................................................. 14
Failure code [DWN5KY] Fan pump solenoid hot short circuit....................................................................... 16
Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV disconnection .............................................................................. 18
Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV short circuit.................................................................................. 20
Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV hot short circuit............................................................................ 22
Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV disconnection ............................................................................. 24
Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV short circuit................................................................................. 26
D275A-5R 1
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 9
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 15
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 21
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 25
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 27
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 31
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 41
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 43
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 45
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 47
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
50 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 51
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
52 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 53
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
54 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 55
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
56 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 57
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
58 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 59
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
60 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 61
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
62 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 63
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
64 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 65
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
66 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 67
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
68 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 69
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
70 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02763-01
D275A-5R 71
SEN02763-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02763-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
72 D275A-5R
SEN02764-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of electrical system
(E-mode)
Information in troubleshooting table................................................................................................................ 3
E-1 The engine does not start......................................................................................................................... 4
E-2 The preheater does not operate (Manual preheating function) ................................................................ 7
E-3 The ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate ...................................................................................... 10
E-4 The machine monitor does not come on at all when the starting switch is turned ON ........................... 12
E-5 When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor completely remains lighted
and does not go out ............................................................................................................................... 14
E-6 When the starting switch is turned ON, the basic check items flash ...................................................... 15
E-7 While the engine is operating, any caution item flashes ........................................................................ 16
E-8 While the engine is operating, the emergency warning item flashes ..................................................... 19
E-9 While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not come on ..................................... 24
E-10 At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does not come on
(Dual tilt-mounted machine)................................................................................................................... 26
E-11 The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally ..................................................... 27
D275A-5R 1
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-12 Indication of the power train (torque converter) temperature gauge is abnormal................................. 28
E-13 The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally ......................................................... 30
E-14 Indication of the fuel gauge is abnormal............................................................................................... 31
E-15 Indications of gear speed and engine speed are abnormal.................................................................. 32
E-16 Indication of the shift mode service meter is abnormal ........................................................................ 32
E-17 The switch module cannot be operated................................................................................................ 33
E-18 The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out............................................................................ 34
E-19 The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop ............................................................................. 35
E-20 Auto shift down is not possible or is not released................................................................................. 36
E-21 The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled................................................................................................. 37
E-22 The operator mode cannot be operated ............................................................................................... 38
E-23 The service mode cannot be operated ................................................................................................. 40
E-24 The back-up alarm does not sound ...................................................................................................... 42
E-25 The night light, the headlamp, the working lamp and the rear lamp on the panel do not come on ...... 44
E-26 The air conditioner does not operate.................................................................................................... 50
E-27 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally..................................................................................... 56
E-28 Fan does not reverse............................................................................................................................ 58
E-29 Gear cannot be shifted ......................................................................................................................... 60
E-30 Electric priming pump does not operate or does not stop automatically .............................................. 62
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
<Contents of description>
• Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes
• Remarks on judgment
1
<Troubles in wiring harness>
• Disconnection
Connector is connected defectively or wiring harness is
broken.
• Ground fault
Wiring harness which is not connected to chassis ground
circuit is in contact with chassis ground circuit.
• Hot short
Wiring harness which is not connected to power source (24
2 V) circuit is in contact with power source (24 V) circuit.
• Short circuit
Independent wiring harnesses are in contact with each
Possible causes other abnormally.
and standard Possible causes of trouble
value in normal (Given numbers are refer-
<Precautions for troubleshooting>
state ence numbers, which do
(1) Method of indicating connector No. and handling of T-
not indicate priority)
adapter
Insert or connect T-adapter as explained below for trouble-
shooting, unless otherwise specified.
3 • If connector No. has no marks of "male" and "female",
disconnect connector and insert T-adapters in both male
side and female side.
• If connector No. has marks of "male" and "female", dis-
connect connector and connect T-adapter to only male
side or female side.
(2) Entry order of pin Nos. and handling of tester leads
Connect positive (+) lead and negative (–) lead of tester as
explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise
specified.
4 • Connect positive (+) lead to pin No. or wiring harness
entered on front side.
• Connect negative (–) lead to pin No. or harness entered
on rear side.
D275A-5R 3
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 9
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-4 The machine monitor does not come on at all when the starting
switch is turned ON 1
Trouble • The machine monitor does not come on at all when the starting switch is turned ON.
Related • When the starting switch is turned ON, the gear speed indicator, the multi information section, the
information gauge section and the lamp section come on for 3 sec.
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-5 When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor
completely remains lighted and does not go out 1
• When the starting switch is turned ON, the machine monitor completely remains lighted and does
Trouble
not go out.
Related • When the starting switch is turned ON, the gear speed indicator, the multi information section, the
information gauge section and the lamp section come on for 3 sec. and go out.
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
E-6 When the starting switch is turned ON, the basic check items flash1
Trouble • The radiator coolant level caution lamp flashes.
Related
• When any basic check items are detected to be abnormal before the engine starts, they will flash.
information
D275A-5R 15
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 17
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (2) • The air cleaner clogging caution lamp flashes. (If equipped spec.)
Related
• If abnormality is detected while the engine is running, the caution item lamp flashes.
information
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
E-8 While the engine is operating, the emergency warning item flashes1
D275A-5R 19
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
Trouble (3) • The power train oil temperature caution lamp flashes.
• When any abnormality is detected during engine operation, the relevant emergency warning item
will sound the alarm buzzer.
Related
• The power train oil temperature caution lamp flashes or goes out as it links with indication on the
information
power train oil temperature gauge.
• Failure code [B@CENS] may be displayed, too.
D275A-5R 21
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-9 While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not
come on 1
Trouble • While the preheater is operating, the preheating pilot lamp does not come on.
a This troubleshooting describes the procedures to be followed when the preheating lamp doe not
come on. (When the electrical intake air heater mounting section is not heated, carry out the trou-
Related
bleshooting of "The electrical intake air heater does not work.")
information
• For preheating, both the "Automatic preheating function" and the "Manual preheating function" are
available. Even when either function is performed, the preheating lamp comes on.
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 25
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-10 At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp
does not come on (Dual tilt-mounted machine) 1
• At the selecting time of dual tilt, the dual/single tilt selector lamp does not come on. (Dual tilt-
Trouble
mounted machine)
• Before troubleshooting the blade, make sure that the dual tilt can operate. (When the blade does
Related
not operate normally, the electrical system on the machine side or the hydraulic/mechanical system
information
is supposed to be out of order. So, troubleshoot the relevant system.)
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
E-11 The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally1
Trouble • The engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally.
• Information of the engine coolant temperature sensor is received from the engine controller by CAN
Related communication.
information • When any abnormality occurs in the engine coolant temperature sensor system, failure code
[CA144] or [CA145] may be displayed.
D275A-5R 27
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 29
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-13 The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally 1
Trouble • The hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally.
• Signals of the hydraulic oil temperature sensor are received from the transmission controller
Related through communication.
information • When any abnormality occurred in the hydraulic oil temperature sensor system, the failure code
[DGS1KX] is displayed sometimes.
30 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 31
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (2) • Shift mode and service meter are not displayed at all.
Related
information
32 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
Trouble (2) • Though the switch is used, the system setting does not change.
Related
• Switch module signals are transmitted to each controller through communication.
information
D275A-5R 33
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-18 The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out 1
Trouble • The warning lamp does not flash or does not go out.
Related
information
34 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
E-19 The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop 1
Trouble • The alarm buzzer does not sound or does not stop.
Related • When a short circuit occurs in the alarm buzzer system, the failure code is displayed but no other
information failure codes are displayed.
D275A-5R 35
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
40 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 41
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
42 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 43
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-25 The night light, the headlamp, the working lamp and the rear lamp
on the panel do not come on 1
Trouble (1) • None of the night light, the headlamp and the working lamp on the panel comes on.
Related • Headlamp and working lamp are operated with 1 switch.
information • If headlamp switch is operated, panel lighting is changed for night.
44 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
Trouble (2) • Only the night light on the panel does not comes on. (Whole or part)
Related
• If headlamp switch is operated, panel lighting is changed for night.
information
D275A-5R 45
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (3) • Only the headlamp does not comes on. (Both right and left, or one side only)
Related
information
46 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
Trouble (4) • Only the working lamp does not comes on. (Both right and left, or one side only)
Related
information
D275A-5R 47
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (5) • Only the rear lamp does not comes on. (Both right and left, or one side only)
Related
information
48 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
50 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 51
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
52 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 53
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
54 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 55
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
56 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
CPU LED
1. LED-C1 (R signal and ACC signal status)
2. LED-C2 (starting output status)
3. LED-C3 (S-NET, C signal status)
4. LED-C4 (CAN status)
5. LED-C5 (download writing condition)
6. LED-C6 (download writing condition)
7-segment and dot for CPU
7. 7-segment (number of mails not yet sent)
8. Dot (GPS positioning in progress)
D275A-5R 57
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
58 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 59
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
60 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 61
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-30 Electric priming pump does not operate or does not stop
automatically 1
Trouble • Electric priming pump does not operate or does not stop automatically
Relative
information
62 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02764-01
D275A-5R 63
SEN02764-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02764-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
64 D275A-5R
SEN02765-00
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and
mechanical system (H-mode)
Information in troubleshooting table................................................................................................................ 3
H-1 No travel power (No drawbar pull) ........................................................................................................... 4
H-2 Machine does not move (At 2nd or 3rd speed) ........................................................................................ 5
H-3 Machine does not move in any speed range ........................................................................................... 6
H-4 Machine travels only in one direction forward or in reverse ..................................................................... 7
H-5 When gear is shifted or travel direction is changed, large time lag is made ............................................ 8
H-6 Steering is not possible ............................................................................................................................ 9
H-7 Steering is possible only on one side ..................................................................................................... 10
H-8 Steering overrun occurs ..........................................................................................................................11
H-9 Brake does not work .............................................................................................................................. 12
H-10 Overheat of power train oil temperature............................................................................................... 13
H-11 All work equipment speeds are slow .................................................................................................... 14
H-12 Work equipment does not move .......................................................................................................... 15
H-13 Blade lift speed is slow or lacks power................................................................................................. 16
D275A-5R 1
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
Possible causes 2
and standard Possible causes of trouble
<Contents of description>
value in normal (Given numbers are refer-
• Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes
state ence numbers, which do
• Remarks on judgment
not indicate priority)
3
D275A-5R 3
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
H-5 When gear is shifted or travel direction is changed, large time lag is
made 1
Trouble • When gear is shifted or travel direction is changed, large time lag is made.
Related
• Confirm that the oil quantity on the power train is normal before troubleshooting.
information
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
1 Defective operation of brake Raise machine with blade and ripper, drive it in F3 (or R3), and steer
it in direction in which machine cannot turn. If track shoe stops at
this time, brake is defective. (Carry out troubleshooting for "H-9
Brake does not work".)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
idle mode for troubleshooting.
PCCS lever Left stroke end Right stroke end
D275A-5R 9
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
1 Defective operation of brake Raise machine with blade and ripper, drive it in F3 (or R3), and steer
it in direction in which machine cannot turn. If track shoe stops at
this time, brake is defective. (Carry out troubleshooting for "H-9
Brake does not work".)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
idle mode for troubleshooting.
PCCS lever Left stroke end Right stroke end
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 11
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
Defective brake function 1. Use the blades and ripper to float the machine from the ground.
5 2. Convert the drive position while low-idle.
(Drag)
3. If the track shoe does not rotate, brake drag occurs. (Carry out
troubleshooting "H-9 Brake does not work.")
a Prepare with starting the engine for troubleshooting.
Defective brake function
6 Carry out F3 stall. If the machine does not stop completely, brake
(Slip)
slip occurs.
D275A-5R 13
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
Possible causes
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
and standard
Defective set pressure or idle mode for troubleshooting.
value in normal
state 4 defective function of main Work equipment lever Main relief pressure
relief valve 27.44 ± 1.37 MPa
Stroke end
{280 ± 14 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
idle mode for troubleshooting.
Defective function of self- Original pressure of control
5 pressure reducing valve Work equipment lever
circuit
(PPC original pressure)
3.43 +0.49
–0.2 MPa
Full neutral
+5.0
{35 –2.0 kg/cm2}
Internally defective PPC When the troubleshooting in cause 5 is abnormal, the PPC valve is
6
valve assumed to be defective internally; directly check it.
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
and standard Defective set pressure or idle mode for troubleshooting.
value in normal 4 defective function of main Work equipment lever Main relief pressure
state relief valve 27.44 ± 1.37 MPa
Stroke end
{280 ± 14 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then drive the engine in high
idle mode for troubleshooting.
Defective function of self- Original pressure of control
5 pressure reducing valve Work equipment lever
circuit
(PPC original pressure)
3.43 +0.49
–0.2 MPa
Full neutral
+5.0
{35 –2.0 kg/cm2}
Defective function of work
Check if PPC lock valve is operating normally by turning work
6 equipment lock lever and
equipment lock lever ON and OFF.
PPC lock valve
D275A-5R 15
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 17
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
H-20 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not work (Giant ripper attachment
machine) 1
Trouble • Ripper pin puller cylinder does not work.
Related
• Confirm that the main relief pressure for transmission is normal before troubleshooting.
information
D275A-5R 23
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
H-21 Blade pitch does not work (Dual tilt attachment machine) 1
Trouble • Blade pitch does not work.
Related
information
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
H-22 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump 1
Trouble • Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump.
Related
• Confirm that the oil quantity of the hydraulic oil tank is normal before troubleshooting.
information
D275A-5R 25
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02765-00
D275A-5R 27
SEN02765-00 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02765-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
28 D275A-5R
SEN02766-01
D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)
Method of using troubleshooting chart............................................................................................................ 3
S-1 Starting performance of engine is poor .................................................................................................... 6
S-2 Engine does not start ............................................................................................................................... 7
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly.......................................................................................................... 10
S-4 Engine stops during operation.................................................................................................................11
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly ............................................................................................................ 12
S-6 Engine lack output (or lacks power) ....................................................................................................... 13
S-7 Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion) ...................................................................................... 14
S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust gas is blue) ........................................................................... 15
S-9 Oil becomes dirty quickly........................................................................................................................ 16
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive............................................................................................................. 17
S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down) ................................................... 18
S-12 Oil pressure drops ................................................................................................................................ 19
S-13 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant or fuel)................................................................................................. 20
S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating) ........................................................................ 21
S-15 Abnormal noise is made....................................................................................................................... 22
S-16 Vibration is excessive ........................................................................................................................... 23
D275A-5R 1
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Questions
Items to be drawn from the user or operator. 2
They correspond to A and B in the chart on the A
3
right. The items in A are basic ones. The
4
items in B can be drawn from the user or oper-
ator, depending on their level. 5
[Check items] B 6
Simple check items used by the serviceman to 7
narrow the causes. They correspond to C in C 8
the chart on the right.
Check items
9
[Causes]
10
Items to be narrowed from the questions and
check items. The serviceman narrows down 11
the probable causes from A, B, and C. Troubleshooting a
[Troubleshooting]
b
Items used to find out the true cause by verify-
ing the narrowed causes finally in order from c
the most probable one by applying trouble- d
shooting tools or direct inspection.
Items listed in the [Questions] and [Check items] and related to the [Causes] are marked with E, Q, and w.
E: Causes to be referred to for questions and check items
Q : Causes related to questions and check items
w : Causes highly probable among ones marked with Q
a When narrowing the "causes", apply the items marked with w before those marked with Q.
When narrowing the "causes", do not apply the items marked with E. (If no items have other marks and
the causes cannot be narrowed, however, you may apply them.)
D275A-5R 3
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
There is a causal relationship between 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and 6 items in
the [Causes] section.
The method of pinpointing the [Causes] from the causal relationship and approaching the [troubleshooting]
is explained according to Step 1 - Step 3 shown below.
D275A-5R 5
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
Defective injector
may not start until the crankshaft revolves 2 turns at
maximum. This phenomenon does not indicate a trou-
ble, however
When starting switch is turned to HEAT, intake air heater mount does not become warm q
Is voltage of 25 – 30 V generated between alternator terminals R and E Yes q
while engine is running at low idle? No q
Specific gravity of electrolyte and battery voltage are low q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
*1: Displayed failure codes: [CA559] and [CA2249]
6 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Degree of use of
Operated for long period E E
machine
When starting switch is Horn does not sound Q Q w
turned ON Horn volume is low w
Battery electrolyte level is low w
Battery terminal is loose w
When starting switch is turned ON, no operating sound comes out from battery relay Q w
When starting switch is turned to START, starting pinion does not move out Q Q w
Check items
H-mode
E-mode
Turn starting switch When terminals B and C of starting switch are connected, engine
OFF, connect cables, q
starts
turn starting switch ON,
and carry out trouble- When terminals B and C at safety relay outlet are connected,
q
shooting engine starts
Even if terminals B and C at safety relay outlet are connected, q
engine does not start
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
—
D275A-5R 7
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
Degree of use of
Operated for long period E E E
machine
Exhaust gas suddenly stopped coming out (when starting again) w Q w w w E E
Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual w w E Q
Fuel tank is empty w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged w
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank Q Q Q Q Q
There is not fuel in removed fuel filter w w
Check items
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Remedy
Add
8 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
When air bleeding plug of fuel filter is removed, fuel does not
While engine is rotated flow out Q w w
with starting motor,
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, little fuel spills w
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
D275A-5R 9
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger w
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is applied Q w w
Engine hunts (rotation is irregular) Q Q w Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
10 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
Add
D275A-5R 11
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank Q Q
Fuel is leaking from fuel piping w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate w Q Q
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
Add
12 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
(air leakage)
Confirm recent repair history
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E E E E
Suddenly Q Q Q Q
Questions
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder
head w
High idle speed is too high Q
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when
load is applied w w Q
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular w Q Q w
Engine hunts (rotation is irregular) Q Q Q Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Remedy
*3: Displayed failure code [CA263] and [CA265]
D275A-5R 13
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w
Torque converter stall speed or pump relief speed is high (Fuel is injected
excessively) Q Q
Exhaust noise is abnormal Q w Q
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular Q Q Q Q Q w
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, abnormally much fuel spills w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Adjust
Adjust
Clean
Remedy
14 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Turbocharger
Worn or damaged valve (stem, guide, or seal)
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
D275A-5R 15
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
Exhaust gas is
Black w
Comes out excessively Q Q w
Blow-by gas
Does not come out at all w
See S-7
Inspect breather and breather hose directly q
Inspect oil cooler directly q
Inspect oil filter directly q
Spring of oil filter safety valve is hitched or broken q
Inspect turbocharger lubrication drain tube directly q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
16 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code q
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change q q
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, much fuel spills q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Coolant Temp Sens High (Low) Error (*2)" indicated by
q
code
Confirm with real-time monitoring mode q q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Remedy
D275A-5R 17
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
When hydraulic oil or power train oil is drained, water flows out w
H-mode
Inspect cylinder liner directly q
Remedy
—
18 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
Add
D275A-5R 19
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
20 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Occurred suddenly Q w Q
Overheating
Has continued at low level Q w w Q
Rises quickly Q w
Coolant temperature gauge
Does not go down from red range w
Radiator coolant level monitor indicates low w
Engine oil level has risen and oil is milky w Q
Milky oil is floating on coolant w
There are many bubbles in radiator and coolant spurts back w
When light applied to radiator core, no light passes through w
Check items
on H-mode
on H-mode
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
—
—
Add
D275A-5R 21
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
Gradually increased Q Q
Abnormal noise
Suddenly increased Q Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used Q
Oil must be added more frequently w
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil filter w w
Air leaks between turbocharger and cylinder head w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger w
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w w
When engine is rotated, beat noise comes out from around muffler w
Check items
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Remedy
22 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
Replace
Replace
Replace
Adjust
Adjust
Remedy
D275A-5R 23
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
Degree of use of
machine
Operated for long period EE
Non-specified fuel is used Q Q
Fuel tank is empty w
Fuel tank cap breather hole is clogged Q w
Fuel is leaking from fuel piping w
Switch lamp does not blink w w Q
Check items
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Charge
Clean
Remedy
Add
24 D275A-5R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02766-01
• Remove joint bolt (1) and blow clean compressed air into hole (b) of the orifice to check for clogging.
• Remove air bleeding piping (2) and blow compressed air against its both ends to check for clogging.
D275A-5R 25
SEN02766-01 40 Troubleshooting
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02766-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
26 D275A-5R
SEN03240-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Cate- Komatsu
Part number Q'ty Container Main features and applications
gory code
• Used to prevent rubber gaskets, rubber cush-
LT-1A 790-129-9030 150 g Tube
ions, and cork plugs from coming out.
• Used for plastic (except polyethylene,
polypropylene, tetrafluoroethylene and vinyl
20 g Polyethylene
LT-1B 790-129-9050 chloride), rubber, metal, and non-metal parts
(2 pcs.) container
which require immediate and strong adhe-
sion.
Polyethylene • Features: Resistance to heat and chemicals.
LT-2 09940-00030 50 g
container • Used to fix and seal bolts and plugs.
790-129-9060
Adhesive: 1 kg • Used to stick and seal metal, glass, and plas-
LT-3 (Set of adhesive Can
Hardener: 500 g tics.
and hardener)
Adhesive
Polyethylene
LT-4 790-129-9040 250 g • Used to seal plugs.
container
Holtz MH 705 790-129-9120 75 g Tube • Heat-resistant seal used to repair engines.
• Quick-setting adhesive.
ThreeBond Polyethylene • Setting time: Within 5 sec. to 3 min.
790-129-9140 50 g
1735 container • Used mainly to stick metals, rubbers, plastics,
and woods.
• Quick-setting adhesive.
• Quick-setting type.
Aron-alpha Polyethylene
790-129-9130 2g (max. strength is obtained after 30 minutes)
201 container
• Used mainly to stick rubbers, plastics, and
metals.
• Features: Resistance to heat and chemicals.
Loctite Polyethylene
79A-129-9110 50 cc • Used for fitted portions used at high tempera-
648-50 container
tures.
• Used to stick or seal gaskets and packings of
LG-1 790-129-9010 200 g Tube
power train case, etc.
• Used to seal various threaded portions, pipe
Polyethylene joints, and flanges.
LG-5 790-129-9080 1 kg
container • Used to seal tapered plugs, elbows, and nip-
ples of hydraulic piping.
• Features: Silicon-based heat and cold-resis-
Gasket sealant
tant sealant.
LG-6 790-129-9020 200 g Tube • Used to seal flange surfaces and threaded
portions.
• Used to seal oil pan, final drive case, etc.
• Features: Silicon-based quick-setting sealant.
LG-7 790-129-9070 1 kg Tube • Used to seal flywheel housing, intake mani-
fold, oil pan, thermostat housing, etc.
• Features: Silicon-based, heat and cold-resis-
LG-8
tant, vibration-resistant, impact-resistant seal-
ThreeBond 419-15-18131 100 g Tube
ant.
1207B
• Used to seal transfer case, etc.
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
Cate-
Komatsu code Part number Q'ty Container Main features and applications
gory
• Used for rough surfaces such as the circle gear
LG-9 top seal which does not need to be clamped,
ThreeBond 790-129-9310 200 g Tube water resistance of the clearance at the welded
1206D area, etc.
• Can be coated with paint.
Gasket sealant
LC-G
— — Can • Used for the mounting bolt in the high tempera-
NEVER-SEEZ
ture area of the exhaust manifold and the turbo-
charger, etc.
SYG2-400LI
SYG2-350LI
SYG2-400LI-A
G2-LI • Feature: Lithium grease with extreme pressure
SYG2-160LI
G0-LI Various Various lubrication performance.
SYGA-160CNLI
*: For cold district • General purpose type.
SYG0-400LI-A (*)
SYG0-160CNLI
(*)
• Used for parts under heavy load.
Caution:
Molybdenum SYG2-400M 400 g x 10 Bellows-type • Do not apply grease to rolling bearings like
disulfide grease SYG2-400M-A 400 g x 20 container swing circle bearings, etc. and spline.
LM-G (G2-M) SYGA-16CNM 16 kg Can • The grease should be applied to work equipment
pins at their assembly only, not applied for
greasing afterwards.
• Seizure resistance, heat resistance and water
Hyper White SYG2-400T-A
Grease
D275A-5R 5
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Cate-
Komatsu code Part number Q'ty Container Main features and applications
gory
SUNSTAR • Used as primer for cab side.
Glass
PAINT PRIMER 20 ml (Using limit: 4 months after date of manu-
container
580 SUPER facture)
SUNSTAR 417-926-3910
• Used as primer for glass side.
GLASS Glass
20 ml (Using limit: 4 months after date of manu-
PRIMER 580 container
facture)
facture)
SUNSTAR Ecocart • Used as adhesive for glass.
PENGUINE 22M-54-27210 320 ml (Special (Using limit: 6 months after date of manu-
SUPER 560 container) facture)
SUNSTAR • Used to seal joints of glass parts.
Polyethylene
PENGUINE 417-926-3920 320 ml (Using limit: 4 months after date of manu-
container
SEAL No. 2505 facture)
Caulking material
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
795-630-5500 Remover t 1
Removal of fuel supply pump
1 01010-81090 • Bolt 2
assembly
01643-31032 • Washer 2
795T-521-1111 Push tool t 1 R Q
Installation of Engine front
2 01050-31655 Bolt t 3
seal
01050-31635 Bolt t 3
3 795-931-1100 Seal puller t 1
795T-421-1270 Push tool t 1 Q
Installation of Engine rear seal
4 01050-31645 Bolt t 4
01643-31645 Washer t 8
795T-421-1240 Push tool t 1 Q
Installation of Engine rear seal
Engine assembly A 5 01050-31640 Bolt t 4
(Press fit of sleeve)
01643-31645 Washer t 4
6 790-331-1110 Wrench t 1 Tighten of cylinder head bolt
791-451-1000 Remover t 1
Puller
7 790-101-2102 t 1 Installation of radiator guard
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
795T-521-1150 Push tool t 1 Q Installation of Engine front
8
01050-31635 Bolt t 4 seal (Press fit of sleeve)
795T-421-1250 Push tool t 1 Q
9 01050-31645 Bolt t 4 Installation of Engine rear seal
01643-31645 Wrench t 8
791-612-1100 Installer t 1
D275A-5R 7
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
D275A-5R 9
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
D275A-5R 11
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
790-434-1110 Adapter t 1
790-434-1610 Guide t 1
11
195-32-61210 Bolt t 1
01010-51440 Bolt t 2
790-101-4300 Cylinder (1470kN {150ton}) t 1
12
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
791-685-9510 Frame t 1
791-685-9520 Frame t 1
791-685-9530 Rod t 1
791-685-9550 Nut t 1
791-685-9560 Bolt t 4
13
791-632-1140 Adapter t 1
01010-51030 Bolt t 1
04530-12030 Eyebolt t 1
790-101-4300 Cylinder (1470kN {150ton}) t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
791-685-9540 Rod t 1
14
Track shoe assembly R 791-685-9550 Nut t 1 Disassembly of a single link
791-685-9510 Frame t 1
791-685-9520 Frame t 1
791-685-9530 Rod t 1
791-685-9550 Nut t 2
791-685-9560 Bolt t 4
791-126-0150 Adapter t 1
791-680-5520 Guide t 1
15
791-126-0140 Pusher t 1
791-632-1140 Adapter t 1
01010-51030 Bolt t 1
04530-12030 Eyebolt t 1
791-685-9620 Extension t 1
790-101-4300 Cylinder (1470kN {150ton}) t 1
790101-1102 Pump t 1
791-680-1630 Spacer t 1
16 790-101-4200 Puller (294kN {30ton}) t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
D275A-5R 13
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
New/remodel
Sketch
Qty
Component Symbol Part No. Part Name Nature of work, remarks
791-685-9510 Frame t 1
791-685-9520 Frame t 1
791-685-9530 Rod t 1
791-685-9540 Rod t 3
791-685-9550 Nut t 4
791-685-9560 Bolt t 1
Track shoe assembly R 23 791-126-0150 Adapter t 1 Assembly of a single link
790-434-1151 Guide t 1
791-632-1140 Adapter t 1
01010-51030 Bolt t 1
790-434-1160 Guide t 1
790-101-4300 Cylinder (1470kN {150ton}) t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
790-502-1003 Cylinder repair stand t 1 Disassembly, assembly of hy-
1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1 draulic cylinder
790-102-2303 Wrench t 1 Removal and assembly of
2
790-102-3802 Wrench t 1 round head
790-102-4300 Wrench t 1 Removal and assembly of
3
790-102-4310 Pin t 2 round head
790-201-1702 Push tool kit t 1
790-101-5021 • Clip 1 For press fitting coil bushing
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
4
790-201-1831 • Push tool 1 (Blade lift)
790-201-1851 • Push tool 1 (Blade tilt, ripper lift)
790-201-1841 • Push tool 1 (Ripper tilt)
Hydraulic cylinder as-
U 790-201-1500 Push tool kit t 1
sembly
790-101-5021 • Clip 1 For press fitting dust seal
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
5
790-201-1640 • Plate 1 (Blade lift)
790-201-1650 • Plate 1 (Blade tilt)
790-201-1660 • Plate 1 (Ripper lift, ripper tilt)
6 790-720-1000 Expander t 1 Expansion of piston ring
796-720-1670 Ring t 1 (Blade lift)
07281-01279 Clamp t 1 (Blade lift)
796-720-1690 Ring t 1 (Blade tilt, ripper lift)
7
07281-01919 Clamp t 1 (Blade tilt, ripper lift)
796-720-1680 Ring t 1 (Blade tilt)
07281-01589 Clamp t 1 (Blade tilt)
Operator’s cab glass
X1 793-498-1210 Lifter (Suction cup) t 2 Installation of window glass
(stuck glass)
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
A4 Push tool
D275A-5R 15
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
A5 Push tool
A8 Push tool
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
A9 Push tool
D275A-5R 17
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
J1 Plate
L1 Plate
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
L6 Plate
L7 Push tool
D275A-5R 19
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
L14 Bracket
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
L19 Guide
L20 Plate
D275A-5R 21
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
N1 Spacer
22 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03240-01
D275A-5R 23
SEN03240-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03240-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
24 D275A-5R
SEN03241-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of fuel 3. Release the residual pressure in the fuel sys-
supply pump assembly 1 tem. For details, see Testing and adjusting,
"Releasing residual pressure in fuel system".
Special tools
4. Open the left side cover (2).
New/Remodel
Sym- 5. Remove left lower side cover (3).
Necessity
Part No. Part name
bol
Sketch
Q'ty
795-630-5500 Standard puller t 1
A1 01010-81080 Bolt t 2
01643-31032 Washer t 2
Removal
k Lower the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine.
k Set the parking brake lever and work equip-
ment lock lever in the lock position.
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery. 6. Disconnect fuel hose (4).
1. Close the fuel valve. 7. Remove fuel prefilter (5) and fuel main filter
(6).
2. Remove undercover (1).
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
10. Remove fuel tubes (11) and (12). [*1] 14. Remove stay (20) and clamp (21).
D275A-5R 3
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
3 Fuel tube joint bolt:
24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
(Filter head side)
14.8 – 19.6 Nm {1.5 – 2.0 kgm}
(Supply pump side)
[*2]
3 Fuel tube joint bolt:
14.8 – 19.6 Nm {1.5 – 2.0 kgm}
3 Fuel tube sleeve nut (priming pump side):
43 – 47 Nm {4.4 – 4.8 kgm}
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
14. Loosen sleeve nut (33), and remove high pres- Installation
sure pipe (34) from injector. 1. Install fuel injector assembly.
1) Check that no foreign material stays inside
15. Remove wiring harness clamping bolt (35) and injector sleeve.
clip (36). [*9] 2) Install O-rings (41) and (42), and gasket
(43) to injector.
16. Remove two wiring harness capture nuts (37) a Take care not to install O-ring to
from fuel injector assembly. [*10] groove (b).
a Tighten nuts alternately.
D275A-5R 9
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
6) Tighten bolts (38) to the specified torque. 9) Tighten high pressure pipe clamp, stay
3 Bolt (38): (22) and clamping bolts (50) through (54),
58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm} permanently.
7) Tighten sleeve nuts (33) and (19). 3 Clamping bolt:
3 Sleeve nuts (33) and (19): 9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm}
39.2 – 49 Nm {4 – 5 kgm} 10) Tighten permanently stay mounting bolt.
2. Install high pressure pipe clamp and stay. 3. Install the subsequent procedure in the reverse
1) Temporarily tighten high pressure pipe order of removal.
clamp, stay (23), clamping bolts (45)
through (49), and stay mounting bolt, with [*1]
fingers. 3 Corrosion resistor tube joint bolt:
2) Tighten permanently high pressure pipe 24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
clamping bolt.
3 Clamping bolt: [*2]
9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm} 3 Fuel air bleeding tube joint bolt (Upper and
3) Tighten permanently stay mounting bolt. lower): 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
4) Temporarily tighten high pressure pipe
clamp, stay (22), clamping bolts (50) [*3]
through (54), and stay mounting bolt, with 3 Fuel filter tube joint bolt (Inlet and outlet):
fingers. 24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
5) Boot (18).
a Install with the notch toward cylinder [*4]
block side. 3 Prefilter inlet hose sleeve nut (7):
6) Install high pressure pipe clamp (17) and 84 – 132 Nm {8.5 – 13.5 kgm}
gate type frame (14) temporarily. Prefilter outlet tube sleeve nut (8):
7) Tighten clamping bolt for high pressure (Bracket side)
pipe clamp (17) permanently. 84 – 132 Nm {8.5 – 13.5 kgm}
3 Clamping bolt: (Tube side)
9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm} 43 – 47 Nm {4.4 – 4.7 kgm}
8) Gate type frame (14) permanently.
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
[*9] [*10]
a Install wiring harness according to the follow-
ing procedure.
1) Install clip (36).
2) Tighten two capture nuts (37).
a Tighten capture nuts alternately.
3 Capture nut:
2 ± 0.2 Nm {0.2 ± 0.02 kgm}
3) Tighten wiring harness clamping bolt (35).
[*6]
3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt:
29.4 – 34.3 Nm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
[*7]
a Install the covers with their notches in the fol-
lowing directions.
q Cover (18): Toward cylinder block side
q Cover (25): Down
[*8]
a When installing rocker arm and rocker shaft
assembly (29), check the ball portion of adjust-
ment screw (32) to be inserted securely into
socket of push rod (30), and tighten mounting
bolts.
a As 3 mounting bolts are different each other,
install them referring to the followings.
q Mounting bolt (26): Stem length 120mm
q Mounting bolt (27): Stem length 90 mm
q Mounting bolt (28): Stem length 75.2 mm
3 Mounting bolts (26), (27) and (28):
93 – 103 Nm {9.5 – 10.5 kgm}
D275A-5R 11
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
A 6 790-331-1110 Wrench q 1
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (-)
3. Disconnect or remove the hoses according to
terminal of the battery.
the following procedure.
1) Remove solenoid valve cover (12).
1. Remove the engine hood. For details, see
2) Remove clips (13), (14) and (14a) and fuel
"Removal and installation of engine hood assem-
return tube (15). [*6]
bly".
3) Remove clamps (16) and (17) and then
remove fuel tube (18) between the fuel fil-
2. Remove the corrosion resistor assembly, fuel
ter and supply pump. [*7]
filter assembly, prefilter assembly and oil filter
assembly according to the following proce-
dure.
1) Corrosion resistor
1] Disconnect 2 corrosion resistor inlet/
outlet tubes (1). [*1]
2] Remove corrosion resistor bracket
assembly (2).
2) Fuel filter
1] Remove oil level gauge guide clamp
(3).
2] Loosen the upper joint bolt (on the air
vent assembly side) of fuel air bleed-
ing tube (4), remove the lower joint
bolt, and disconnect fuel air bleeding
t u be ( 4) f r o m f ue l fi l te r b r ac k e t
assembly (5). [*2]
3] Disconnect 2 fuel filter inlet/outlet
tubes (6). [*3]
4] Remove fuel filter bracket assembly
(5).
3) Prefilter
1] Remove prefilter inlet hose (7) and
outlet tube (8). [*4]
2] Remove prefilter bracket assembly
(9).
4) Oil filter
1] Remove tube assembly (10) between
the oil filter and cylinder block. [*5]
2] Remove oil filter bracket assembly
(11).
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
4. Disconnect wiring clips (19) and (20) and 8. Remove breather tube (40).
remove heater wiring connector RHT (21).
9. Remove aftercooler outlet hose (41) and air
5. Remove wiring clips (22) - (34) and move the intake connector (42) together. [*8]
wiring aside.
D275A-5R 13
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
14. Remove clamp (47). 18. Remove 2 wiring harness clamps (54), upper
and lower, at the rear of the air intake manifold.
15. Remove mounting bolts of bracket (48) and
move bracket (48) breather (49) together.
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
21. Remove high-pressure pipe clamp stays (59), 2) Remove bracket (66).
(60), (61), (62) and (63). [*11]
23. Remove the muffler according to the following 24. Remove the turbocharger assembly according
procedure. to the following procedure.
1) Remove heat insulation plate (65). 1) Remove air connector (69). [*13]
2) Remove heat insulation plates (70), (71)
and (72).
3) Remove bracket (73).
4) Remove muffler drain tube (74).
5) Remove water tube (75).
6) Remove the turbocharger-end mounting
bolt of oil tube (76).
D275A-5R 15
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
7) Remove bracket (77). 25. Disconnect connectors CN1 (79), CN2 (80),
CN3 (81), CN4 (82), CN5 (83) and CN6 (84),
and move wiring harnesses (85) and (86).
a To disconnect the connector, push in the
(X) direction with a flat-head screwdriver
[1] placed at the stepped portion (a) while
pressing stopper (b).
11) Remove 24 mounting bolts (81) and lift off 26. Remove gate type frame (87) and clamp (88).
tu r bo ch ar g er a nd e x ha us t m an if ol d [*16]
assembly (80). [*15]
4 Turbocharger and exhaust manifold 27. Remove spill tube (89). [*17]
assembly: 80 kg
28. Remove cover (90) and high pressure pipe
(91) depending on the cylinder head assembly
to be removed. [*18]
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
29. Remove water tube (92). [*19] 33. Remove fuel injector assembly.
1) Remove wiring harness clamping bolt
30. Remove cylinder head cover (93). [*20] (102) and clip (103). [*22]
2) Remove two wiring harness capture nuts
(104) from fuel injector assembly. [*23]
a Loosen nuts alternately.
3) Unscrew bolt (105) to remove holder
(106).
4) Push connecter (107) into rocker housing,
and remove injector wiring harness (108).
[*24]
a O-ring is installed in connector (107).
D275A-5R 17
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*7]
3 Supply pump-end joint bolt of fuel tube
between fuel filter and supply pump:
14.8 – 19.6 Nm {1.5 – 2.0 kgm}
4. Carry out the rest of installation in the reverse
order of removal. [*8], [*13]
[*1] a Replace the MIKALOR clamps of 4 aftercooler
3 Corrosion resistor tube joint bolt outlet hoses (41) and 8 air connector (69) with
24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm} new ones.
a Install each MIKALOR clamp according to the
[*2] following procedure.
3 Fuel air bleeding tube joint bolt (Upper and 1) Set the hose to its original position.
lower): 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm} 2) Set the bridge (BR) under the bolt (BC)
and reduce lapping area (b) over the band
[*3] (BD) to a minimum of 5 mm.
3 Fuel filter tube joint bolt (Inlet and outlet): 3) Tighten bolt (BC).
24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm} 2 Threaded part of bolt: Lubricating
oil (THREEBOND, PANDO 18B)
[*4] a Do not use an impact wrench.
3 Prefilter inlet hose sleeve nut (7): a When reusing the hose, install it to
84 – 132 Nm {8.5 – 13.5 kgm} the clamp mark on it.
Prefilter outlet tube sleeve nut (8): 3 Bolt (BC):
(Bracket side) 25 ± 5 Nm {2.55 ± 0.5 kgm}
84 – 132 Nm {8.5 – 13.5 kgm} a When using a new hose, tighten until
(Tube side) dimension BDG is as follows.
43 – 47 Nm {4.4 – 4.7 kgm} q Aftercooler outlet hose (41):
+0
23 –3 mm
+0
[*5] q Air connector (69): 10 –3 mm
Installation procedure for oil filter tube
Install the oil filter tube according to [*5] in
"Removal and installation of fuel injector assem-
bly".
[*6]
3 Fuel return tube joint bolts
Upper joint bolt (15a):
7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
Lower joint bolt (15b):
19.6 – 29.4 Nm {2.0 – 3.0 kgm}
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
[*12]
a Tighten intake manifold mounting bolts in the [*17]
numerical order shown below. 3 Spill tube joint bolt:
3 Mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm} 9.8 – 12.7 Nm {1.0 – 1.3 kgm}
[*18]
a Install cover with the notch downward.
[*19]
3 Water tube joint bolt:
9.8 – 12.7 Nm {1.0 – 1.3 kgm}
[*20]
3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt:
29.4 – 34.3 Nm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
[*14]
3 Oil tube cylinder block side joint bolt:
24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
[*15]
Exhaust manifold and turbocharger assembly
1) Apply heat-resistant sealant to the fitting
parts (S) of the exhaust manifold (between
ports No. 2 and No. 3 and between ports
No. 4 and No. 5)
3 Fitting parts: Heat-resistant seal-
ant (HOLTS MH705)
2) Fit the gasket and sling and install exhaust
manifold (1).
3) Tighten the mounting bolts in the following
order.
a Tighten the 3 bolts of (1) – (3) shown
below temporarily in the numeric
D275A-5R 21
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*21]
a When installing rocker arm and rocker shaft
assembly (98), check the ball portion of adjust-
ment screw (101) to be inserted securely into
socket of push rod (99), and tighten mounting
bolts.
a As three mounting bolts are different each
other, install them referring the followings.
q Mounting bolt (95): Stem length 120mm
q Mounting bolt (96): Stem length 90mm
q Mounting bolt (97): Stem length 75.2 mm
3 Mounting bolt:
93 – 103 Nm {9.5 – 10.5 kgm}
a Adjust valve clearance referring to the section
of Testing and adjusting, "Adjusting valve
clearance".
[*25] [*26]
a Install the fuel injector assembly referring to
the section, "Removal and installation of fuel
injector assembly".
22 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
New/Remodel
in once to free it from fixation.
a When front seal (3) is fixed too hard to the
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
front cover (4), carry out the following pro-
Sketch
bol
cedure.
Q'ty
1) Drill through a hole of approx. 3 mm dia.
795T-521-1111 Push tool t 1 R Q on front seal (3).
2 01050-31655 Bolt t 3 2) Replace the tip of tool A3 with the drill
01050-31635 Bolt t 3 type one.
A 3) Insert the top end of tool A3 into the
3 795-931-1100 Seal puller t 1 drilled hole, and remove the front seal
795T-521-1150 Push tool t 1 Q by the impact of slide hammer (SH).
8 (Apply the slide hammer evenly not to
01050-31635 Bolt t 4
tilt the front seal.)
a Remove the metal powders completely.
Removal
a When the sleeve is attached, cut sleeve (6)
1. Remove the radiator guard assembly. For
using a gad and hammer to remove it.
details, see Removal of radiator guard assembly.
a Take care not to damage crankshaft (5).
2. Sling damper pulley (1) temporarily and remove
the mounting bolts.
• Tool A3
D275A-5R 23
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
24 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
2) Tighten tool A2 until the bolts (55 mm) reach 2. Procedure for installing sleeved seal
the end. a When installing the front seal, do not apply
3) Remove tool A2 and installation guide (7). oil or grease to the shaft, inside cylinder
a When removing the inside cylinder, take surface of sleeve (6) and seal lip.
care not to damage the seal lip. 1) Set sleeve and front seal assembly (8) to
tool A8 (for fitting the sleeved seal).
2 Sleeve inside cylinder surface (6):
Gasket sealant (LG-7)
D275A-5R 25
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
26 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
Removal and installation of 5. Remove rear seal (2) according to the following
procedure.
engine rear seal 1 1) Before pulling out rear seal (2), drive in it a
little to separate it from the housing.
Special tools
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
3 795-931-1100 Seal puller t 1
795T-421-1270 Push tool t 1 Q
4 01050-31645 Bolt t 4
01643-31645 Washer t 8
795T-421-1240 Push tool t 1 Q
A
5 01050-31645 Bolt t 4
01643-31645 Washer t 4 2) If the seal is sleeved, cut and remove
sleeve (5) with a chisel and a hammer.
795T-421-1250 Push tool t 1 Q a When cutting, take care extremely not
9 01050-31645 Bolt t 4 to damage crankshaft (4).
01643-31645 Wrench t 8 3) Hitch the end of tool A3 to the metal ring of
rear seal (2) and pull out the seal with
impacts of slide hammer (SH).
Removal
a Do not use a drill etc. since chips may
1. Remove the damper assembly and hub assem-
enter the engine.
bly. For details, see "Removal of damper
a If chips were made, remove all of them.
assembly".
• Tool A3
2. Remove 1 mounting bolt of flywheel (1) and
install guide bolt [1].
D275A-5R 27
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
28 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
4) Tighten the 4 bolts evenly to press fit rear 2) Set sleeve of the rear seal to the end of
seal (2) until the end of tool A4 (for press fit- crankshaft (4) and tighten the 4 bolts of tool
ting the seal) reaches the end of crankshaft A5 evenly to press fit sleeve and rear seal
(4). assembly (6).
a Tighten tool A4 (for press fitting the a Tighten tool A5 (for press fitting the
seal) first without inserting any washer sleeved seal) with 1 washer inserted in
until the bolts reach the end and then each bolt until the bolts reach the end.
tighten with 2 washers inserted (in each
bolt).
a When press fitting the seal, take care
not to damage the lip of the seal with
the tool set etc.
a After press fitting the seal, remove the
red sealant layer from its periphery.
D275A-5R 29
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
30 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
Removal
k Lower the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine.
k Set the parking brake lever and work equip-
ment lock lever in the lock position.
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
k Collect the air conditioner refrigerant
(R134a) from air conditioner circuit in
advance.
a Ask professional traders for collecting and fill-
ing operation of refrigerant (R134a).
a Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the 6. Disconnect radiator lower tank inlet hose (5)
atmosphere. from the engine. [*1]
D275A-5R 31
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
8. Remove cover (9). 12. Remove air connector (17) and hose together.
[*4]
32 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
18. Remove cover (33) from the left front of the 22. Remove plate (39) and 2 bracket mounting
operator's cab. bolts (40).
a Similarly remove the plate and bolts on the
right side.
D275A-5R 33
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*2], [*4]
3 Radiator inlet hose (11) clamp:
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
34 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
[*3], [*6]
a When installing the air conditioner circuit
hoses, take care that dirt, dust, water, etc. will
not enter them.
a When tightening each joint of the air condi-
tioner hose, check that the O-ring is fitted to it.
a Check that each O-ring is free from a flaw and
deterioration.
[*5]
2 Water connector mounting face:
Gasket sealant (LG-1)
[*7]
3 Universal joint mounting bolt:
98.10 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*8]
3 Engine mounting bolt:
824 – 1,030 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
D275A-5R 35
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
36 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 37
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to
removal.
[*1]
3 Radiator outlet hose (6) clamp:
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
[*2]
3 Radiator lower tank inlet hose (8) clamp:
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
[*3], [*4]
3 Reservoir hose clamp: q Refilling with coolant
Add coolant through the coolant fillers of the
34 ± 5 Nm {3.4 ± 0.5 kgm}
main radiator and sub-radiator to the specified
a Set insertion length (c) of hose (a) and tube
level. Run the engine to circulate the coolant
(b) to the following values.
through the system. Then, check the coolant
Hoses (11) and (12): Min. 25 mm
level again.
Hose (13): 60 mm
5 Coolant: 110 l
38 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
3. Disconnect wiring connector CN-RDG (1) and 6. Remove hydraulic oil cooler lower cover (6).
sub-tank hose (2) and remove hydraulic oil
cooler top cover (3).
D275A-5R 39
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
40 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
Removal and installation of 5. Loosen the clamp of stay (7) and disconnect
aftercooler inlet hose (8) from the aftercooler.
aftercooler assembly 1 [*2]
Removal
1. Remove the radiator top cover. For details, see
"Removal and installation of radiator assembly
(including hydraulic oil cooler and aftercooler
assembly)".
D275A-5R 41
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
3 Radiator inlet hose (1) clamp:
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
42 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
[*1], [*2]
a Replace the MIKALOR clamps of 4 aftercooler
outlet hoses (3) and 4 aftercooler inlet hoses
(8) with new ones.
a Install each MIKALOR clamp according to the
following procedure.
1) Set the hose to its original position.
2) Set the bridge (BR) under the bolt (BC)
and reduce lapping area (b) over the band
(BD) to a minimum of 5 mm.
3) Tighten bolt (BC).
2 Threaded part of bolt: Lubricating
oil (THREEBOND, PANDO 18B)
a Do not use an impact wrench.
a When reusing the hose, install it to
the clamp mark on it.
3 Bolt (BC):
25 ± 5 Nm {2.55 ± 0.5 kgm}
a When using a new hose, tighten until
dimension BDG is as follows.
q Aftercooler outlet hose (3):
+0
23 –3 mm
q Aftercooler inlet hose (8):
+0
10 –3 mm
D275A-5R 43
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
it.
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
790-451-1000 Remover t 1
Puller
A 7 790-101-2102 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
44 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
6. Disconnect wiring connector CN-RDG (5). 11. Disconnect oil cooler hose (12) and radiator
lower tank inlet hose (13). [*2]
7. Disconnect aeration hose (6), sub-tank hose a Disconnect the hose and tube together.
(7), radiator inlet hose (8) and aftercooler inlet
hose (9). [*2]
D275A-5R 45
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
14. Remove hydraulic oil cooler lower cover (20). 18. Loosen the clamp of stay (26) and disconnect
aftercooler outlet hose (27) from the aftercooler.
46 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
[*2]
a Set insertion length (d) of hose (b) and tube (c)
to the following value.
Hoses (6) and (7): Min. 25 mm
Hose (8): 60 mm
D275A-5R 47
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
3 Radiator lower tank inlet hose (13) clamp: q Refilling with coolant
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm} Add coolant through the coolant filler to the
specified level. Run the engine to circulate the
3 Radiator inlet hose (8) clamp: coolant through the system. Then, check the
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm} coolant level again.
5
a Install each MIKALOR clamp according to the Coolant: 110 l
following procedure.
1) Set the hose to its original position. q Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank)
2) Set the bridge (BR) under the bolt (BC) Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
and reduce lapping area (b) over the band level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
(BD) to a minimum of 5 mm. through the system. Then, check the oil level
3) Tighten bolt (BC). again.
2 Threaded part of bolt: Lubricating
5 Hydraulic tank: 130 l
oil (THREEBOND, PANDO 18B)
a Do not use an impact wrench.
a When reusing the hose, install it to
the clamp mark on it.
3 Bolt (BC):
25 ± 5 Nm {2.55 ± 0.5 kgm}
a When using a new hose, tighten until
dimension BDG is as follows.
+0
q Dimension BDG: 23 –3 mm
[*3]
3 Radiator outlet hose (15) clamp:
8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
[*4]
a Tighten the locknut so that clearance (e)
between the radiator guard and nut will be in
the following range.
Clearance (e): 3 – 5 mm
48 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 49
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
50 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 51
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
52 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
Removal and installation of fan 4. Remove the hose clamp and disconnect fan
motor hoses (3), (4) and (5).
drive assembly 1
5. Disconnect fan motor wiring connector FAR
Removal
(6).
1. Drain the hydraulic oil.
5 Hydraulic oil: 130 l 6. Remove lowest shroud (7).
a Put an oil stopper to the piping so that dirt
2. Remove the mounting bolts and radiator mask will not enter the piping.
(1).
4 Radiator mask: 92 kg 7. Sling fan drive assembly (8) and remove the
mounting bolts.
D275A-5R 53
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
54 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
Removal and installation of fan 5. Remove the 4 mounting bolts and fan motor
assembly (4).[*3]
motor assembly 1
4 Fan motor assembly: 25 kg
Removal
1. Remove the fan drive assembly. For details,
see "Removal and installation of fan drive
assembly".
D275A-5R 55
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
Be sure to align the hole of lock plate (1) by rotating
nut (2) in the tightening direction.
[*2]
3 Mounting nut (2):
441 – 539 Nm {45 – 55 kgm}
a After tightening the nut, check dimension (d)
shown in the figure below.
q MIN: 1.2 mm
q MAX: 3.0 mm
[*3]
a Wipe off dirt from the engaging portions of the
fan motor and fan, and then degrease those
parts.
56 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03241-01
D275A-5R 57
SEN03241-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03241-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
58 D275A-5R
SEN03242-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal
k Collect the air conditioner refrigerant
(R134a) from air conditioner circuit in
advance.
a Ask professional traders for collecting and fill-
ing operation of refrigerant (R134a).
a Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the
atmosphere.
1. Drain the oil in damper case. 8. Remove the mounting bolts of damper cover as-
6 Damper case: 1.5 l sembly (24). [*2]
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
11. Using 2 forcing screws [4], lift off the damper as-
sembly.
4 Damper assembly: 75 kg
D275A-5R 3
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation [*3]
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re- a When installing the damper cover assembly, de-
moval. grease the shaft spline and apply dry lubricant A
and leave it as it is for 2 - 3 minutes. Then, apply
Air conditioner hose extreme pressure lithium grease containing mo-
a Install each hose so that it will not be twisted. lybdenum B to the shaft spline.
a When installing the air conditioner hoses, take A
Molybdenum disulfide
Sumiko, lubricant
care that dirt, dust, and water will not enter dry lubricant
them. Extreme pressure lith- • Kyodo Yushi, Molylex No. 2
a Before tightening each air conditioner hose con- B ium grease containing • Showa-Shell, Letinax AM
nector, check that the O-ring is fitted to it. molybdenum • Nihon Sekiyu Molytex
a Apply compressor oil (Showa-Shell, Sniso 4G or
5G) sufficiently to the O-rings.
[*4]
3 Tightening torque for refrigerant gas pipes 3 Damper assembly mounting bolt:
98.10 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
Dimension in Width across
Tightening torque
screw flats
q Refilling with oil
5
11.8 – 14.7 Nm
M16 x 1.5 19 mm Damper chamber oil: 1.5 l (TO30)
3
{1.2 – 1.5 kgm}
Drain plug: 58.8 – 78.5 Nm {6 – 8 kgm}
3
19.8 – 24.5 Nm Level plug:127 – 177 Nm {13 – 18 kgm}
M16 x 1.5 24 mm
{2.0 – 2.5 kgm}
29.4 – 34.3 Nm q Filling of air conditioning gas
M16 x 1.5 27 mm
{3.0 – 3.5 kgm} Fill the air conditioner circuit with refrigerant
M6 bolt of 3.9 – 6.9 Nm (R134a).
10 mm
receiver part {0.4 – 0.7 kgm} a Quantity of refrigerant: 1,100 ± 100 g
M6 bolt of 7.8 – 11.8 Nm
10 mm
compressor piping {0.8 – 1.2 kgm}
[*1]
3 Universal joint mounting bolt:
98.10 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*2]
3 Damper cover assembly mounting bolt:
98.10 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
Special tools
New/Remodel
Sym-
Necessity
791-612-1100 Installer t 1
Puller
B 790-101-4200 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
D275A-5R 5
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
1. Assembly of damper assembly (10)
1) Set flange (16) and outer body (13) to cylin-
der [1], matching their bolt holes, and install
inner body (14).
2 Mating faces of flange and outer body:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
2 Inside of outer body: Grease (G2-LI)
2 Cushion contact surface of inner body:
Grease (G2-LI)
Molybdenum disulfide
A Sumiko, lubricant
dry lubricant‹
Extreme pressure lith- • Kyodo Yushi, Molylex No. 2
B ium grease containing • Showa-Shell, Letinax AM
molybdenum • Nihon Sekiyu Molytex
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
2) Press fit inner race (7-1) of bearing (7) to 5)Fit oil seals (8) and (9) to cover assembly
shaft (6) with tool B. (2).
2 Press fitting face of oil seal:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
2 Oil seal lip: Grease (G2-LI)
a Apply the gasket sealant thinly to the oil seal
surface and wipe off projected part.
D275A-5R 9
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
6. Remove bracket (2) and wiring harness. 14. Disconnect the following 4 ripper hoses.
q (13): Ripper tilt port A5
q (14): Ripper tilt port B5
q (15): Ripper lift port A4
q (16): Ripper lift port B4
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
16. Disconnect work equipment pump tube cou- 21. Disconnect pin puller solenoid valve hoses
pling (18). (26) and (27).
20. Remove oil filler pipe (25) for the power train.
D275A-5R 11
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
25. Disconnect torque converter outlet hose (30) 28. Remove both covers (34).
and transmission inlet hose (31).
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
31. Lift off power train unit assembly (39). [*3] Installation
4 Power train unit assembly: 2.500 kg q Carry out installation in the reverse order to
removal.
[*1]
3 Universal joint mounting bolt:
98.10 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*2]
a Clamp the peak of the coupling seal securely
and set the clamp threads in parallel with the
cap mounting seat.
[*3]
a When installing the power train unit assembly,
take care extremely not to damage seal (36).
q Bleeding air
Bleed air from the fan pump. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from fan
pump".
D275A-5R 13
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disconnection and connection of 5. Remove pin puller solenoid valve hoses (10)
power train unit assembly 1 and (11).
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
8. Disconnect transmission oil pressure pickup 11. Disconnect the following 5 transmission oil
hose (19) (Color band: not used) [*1] pressure pickup hoses. [*1]
q (24): Transmission forward oil pressure
9. Disconnect the following 2 torque converter oil pickup hose (Color band: White/
pressure pickup hoses. [*1] Blue)
q (20): Torque converter outlet oil pressure q (25): Transmission 2nd oil pressure
pickup hose (Color band: White/ pickup hose (Color band: White/Yel-
Red) low)
q (21): Torque converter inlet oil pressure q (26): Transmission reverse oil pressure
pickup hose (Color band: Blue) pickup hose (Color band: Red/Blue)
q (27): Transmission 3rd oil pressure pickup
hose (Color band: Yellow/Black)
q (28): Transmission 1st oil pressure pickup
hose (Color band: Red)
D275A-5R 15
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
27. Remove 5 hose clamps (51) and oil pressure 31. Remove the 18 mounting bolts and lift off
pickup hose bracket assembly (52). steering case assembly (60).
4
a After removing the hose clamps, remove Steering case assembly: 950 kg
the disconnected hoses.
a Remove the oil pressure pickup hose
bracket assembly and oil pressure pickup
hose together.
D275A-5R 17
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
34. Remove snap ring (64). 37. Sling the torque converter assembly tempo-
rarily and remove 11 mounting bolts (67). [*5]
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
[*1]
a The adapters of the oil pressure pickup hose
have their respective color codes. (See the
connection of the centralized pressure pickup
hoses.)
[*2]
3 Joint bolt: 34.3 – 44.2 Nm {3.5 – 4.5 kgm}
[*3]
a Adjust the brake pedal. For details, see Testing
and adjusting, "Adjusting brake pedal and
parking brake lever". 3) Determine the thickness of the shims.
q Thickness of shims = (a) -0
-0.05 mm
[*4] q Types of shims:
a Adjust the shims of the retainer according to 0.15 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm
the following procedure. q Standard thickness of shims: 0.5 mm
1) Install retainer (62) and tighten the 6 4) Set the shims of the determined thickness
mounting bolts to the following torque and tighten the mounting bolts of retainer
without inserting any shim. (62) to the specified torque.
2 Oil seal: Grease (G2-LI) 2 Mounting bolts: Adhesive (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt: 9.8 Nm {1 kgm} 3 Mounting bolt:
2) Using thickness gauges, measure clear- 58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
ance (a) between retainer (62) and PTO a Check that the thickness and quantity of
housing (69). the shims on both sides are the same.
q Standard clearance (a): a Set the shims as shown in the figure so
0.48 – 1.32 mm that they will not block the forcing tap of
the retainer.
D275A-5R 19
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*5]
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
98.10 – 123 Nm (10 – 12.5 kgm}
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 21
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
22 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of ii) Remove bearing inner race (3B) and
PTO assembly 1 bearing (6) from gear (7).
Disassembly
1. Lubrication tube
Remove shaft lubrication tube (1).
24 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
ii) Remove 2 bearings (11) from gear (12). 3) Remove snap ring (15), then remove bear-
ing (16).
D275A-5R 25
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
8. Magnet assembly
1) Remove mounting bolts, then remove cover
(30).
26 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
Assembly 2. Sleeve
a Clean all parts, check that there is no dirt or Install sleeve (29) to PTO case.
damage, and coat the sliding surfaces of all a Install the sleeve with the chamfered side
parts with engine oil before assembling. facing the inside of the PTO case.
a After press fitting the bearing, drop approx. 6 cc a Expand fit the sleeve.
of oil (EO30-DH or EO10-DH) on the bearing,
and rotate it 10 times.
a When expand fitting the bearing, before cool-
ing with dry ice, drop approx. 6 cc of oil (EO30-
DH or EO10-DH) on the bearing, and rotate it
10 times.
a Check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the
groove.
1. Magnet assembly
1) Assemble 2 magnet assemblies (32) and 2
springs (31) to PTO case.
D275A-5R 27
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
4. Idler gear
a Match the production No. and set No. on the
bearing and spacer, and be sure to use them
as a set.
1) Install snap ring (23) to gear (21).
2) Using push tool [6], press fit 2 outer races
(22) to gear (21).
28 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 29
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
30 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
Disassembly and assembly of 2) Using forcing screws [3] from the turbine
torque converter assembly 1 side, remove bearing (6).
Disassembly
1. Input shaft
Remove the mounting bolts. Then, using hang-
ing bolt [1] remove input shaft (1).
4. Stator
1) Remove snap ring (9).
D275A-5R 31
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
32 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 33
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
5) Set shaft and housing assembly (19) and 3) Install pump assembly (14) to stator shaft
install 3 mounting bolts (a). housing assembly (15).
a Tighten the 3 mounting bolts gradu- 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
ally and evenly. 3 Mounting bolt:
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
3 Mounting bolt:
98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
3. Snap ring
Install snap ring (13) to the shaft.
6) Insert 11 mounting bolts (b) of the trans-
mission assembly and torque converter
assembly in the bolt holes before installing
the pump.
4. Stator
1) Install boss (11) to stator (12).
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
2. Pump 58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
1) Press fit bearing outer race (17) to pump
(18).
2) Install retainer (16) to the pump.
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
34 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
2) Install stator and boss assembly (10). 3) Using hanging bolt [2], install drive case
assembly (3).
a Match plug (26) of the pump to the oil
groove of the drive case.
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
49.0 – 58.8 Nm {5.0 – 6.0 kgm}
3 Plug:
14.7 – 19.6 Nm {1.5 – 2.0 kgm}
6. Input shaft
Use hanging bolt [1], install input shaft (1).
a Match plug (26) of the pump to the oil
groove of the drive case.
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
2) Using push tool [6], fit bearing (6) with a
press.
D275A-5R 35
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
Sym-
Necessity
Part No. Part name
bol
Sketch
Q'ty
D 799-301-1600 Oil leak tester t 1
Disassembly
a Store the discs and plates in a flat place to pre-
vent them from becoming deformed.
2. Main relief valve assembly 5) Remove flanges (138) and (139) and
Remove main relief valve assembly (2). sleeves (140) and (141).
36 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
6) Remove 4 mounting bolts (4), then remove 2) Remove 13 tie bolts (8) used to tighten
transmission control valve assembly (5). transmission case.
a Do not remove 2 connecting bolts (6) a Do not remove 4 tie bolts (9) not used to
connecting the top and bottom control tighten transmission case.
valve.
6. Tie bolts
5. Transmission case Remove 4 remaining tie bolts (9).
1) Set input shaft end at top and put on block [1].
D275A-5R 37
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
7. Input shaft, front cover, No. 1 carrier assem- vi) Remove snap ring (142), then remove
bly bearing (143) from front cover (19).
1) Using eyebolts [3], remove input shaft, front vii) Remove seal ring (121).
cover, and No. 1 carrier assembly (11).
38 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
3) Disassemble No. 1 carrier assembly as fol- 3) Remove seal ring (145) from No. 1 housing
lows. (33).
i) Remove snap ring (22) from No. 1 carri- 4) Remove seal ring (146) from No. 1 piston
er assembly, then remove No. 1 ring (34).
gear (23).
ii) Remove shaft (24) and ball (28).
a Be careful not to lose the ball.
iii) Remove 2 thrust washers (25), needle
bearing (27), and planetary gear (26).
D275A-5R 39
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
40 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 41
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
42 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
3) Disassemble No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring 3) Remove seal ring (151) from No. 4 housing
gear as follows. (94).
i) Remove shaft (86) and ball (90). 4) Remove seal ring (152) from No. 4 piston
a Be careful not to lose the ball. (95).
ii) Remove 2 thrust washers (87), needle
bearing (89), and planetary gear (88)
from No. 5 carrier (93).
D275A-5R 43
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
a Clean all parts, check that there is no dirt or
damage, and coat the sliding surfaces of all
parts with engine oil before installing.
a After press fitting the bearing, drop approx. 6 cc
of oil (EO30-DH or EO10-DH) on the bearing,
and rotate it 10 times.
a When expand fitting the bearing, before cooling
with dry ice, drop approx. 6 cc of oil (EO30-DH
or EO10-DH) on the bearing, and rotate it 10
27. Output shaft, spacer times.
1) Remove spacer (108). a Check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the
2) Remove snap ring (155), then remove out- groove.
put shaft (107) from No. 5 housing (109). a Coat the blind plugs with thread tightener (LT-2),
then after assembling, caulk 2 places on diago-
nally opposite sides.
44 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
3. Seal ring
1) Install seal ring (154) to No. 5 piston (106).
a The seal ring must be installed facing in
the correct direction. Assemble as
shown in the diagram.
2 Seal ring: Grease (G2-LI)
4) Install snap ring (112). 2) Install seal ring (153) to No. 5 housing (109).
5) Install snap ring (110). a The seal ring must be installed facing in
6) Using push tool [13], press fit bearing (111) the correct direction. Assemble as
until it contacts snap ring (110). shown in the diagram.
2 Seal ring: Grease (G2-LI)
D275A-5R 45
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
4. No. 5 piston
Install No. 5 piston (106).
46 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 47
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
3) Install No. 3 piston (78) to No. 3 housing 2) Align meshing of gears, then using eyebolts
(77). [9], install No. 3 and No. 4 carrier assembly
4) Using eyebolts [10], install No. 3 housing (65).
(77).
a Check that the spring is fitted securely in
the groove.
48 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
16. No. 2 housing, No. 2 carrier assembly 2) Using push tool [18], press fit bearing (59) to
1) Assembly No. 2 carrier assembly as follows. No. 2 housing (46).
i) Set ring gear (56) to No. 2 carrier (45),
and install snap ring (55).
D275A-5R 49
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
50 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 51
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
9) Fit No. 2 sun gear (13) and install snap ring 24. Front cover
(12) to input shaft. 1) Using push tool [22], press fit bearing (143)
to front cover (19).
52 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
5) Using push tool [23], press fit inner side of 27. Transmission case
bearing (143) inside front cover (19). 1) Fit O-ring, then using eyebolts [2], install
6) Install snap ring (18). transmission case (10).
2 O-ring: Grease (G2-LI)
D275A-5R 53
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
29. Transmission control valve assembly 5) Fit gasket and install cover (3).
1) Fit O-ring and install transmission control 6) Install 5 pressure detection nipples (126).
valve assembly (5).
3 Mounting bolt:
44.1 – 53.9 Nm {4.5 – 5.5 kgm}
31. Elbow
Install elbow (1).
3) Fit gasket and install cover (137).
a Coat both the cover and transmission
case with gasket sealant.
2 Cover: Gasket sealant (LG-6)
4) Fit wiring connector (136) to cover (137).
3 Mounting bolt:
39.6 – 42.4 Nm {4.0 – 4.3 kgm}
54 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03242-00
D275A-5R 55
SEN03242-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03242-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-07 (02)
56 D275A-5R
SEN03243-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
New/Remodel
a Remove the steering case assembly
Necessity
Sym- on the opposite side in same way.
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
791-622-1110 Bracket t 1
1 01010-62095 Boltn t 1
E
01016-61690 Boltn t 1
2 796-550-1301 Wrenchn t 1
Disassembly
1. Drain hose, joint
1) Remove drain hose (1).
2) Remove joint (2).
3. Disassembly of clutch, brake assembly
1) Disassembly of brake assembly
i) Remove flange (5).
ii) Remove collar assembly (6) and
bushing (7).
D275A-5R 3
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
iv) Loosen 4 hexagon socket head bolts x) Using eyebolts, remove drum (15) to-
uniformly and remove, then using eye- gether with disc and plate.
bolts [3] remove case (9). xi) Remove 7 discs (16), 6 plates (17),
a The inner race of the bearing will and 7 springs (18) from drum (15).
come out.
v) Remove bearing (10) from case (9).
viii) Using puller [4], remove cylinder (13). iii) Remove snap ring (21) and stopper
a The outer race of the bearing will (22).
come out.
ix) Remove 3 seal rings (14) from hub.
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
D275A-5R 5
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
2) Disassemble bevel pinion as follows. iv) Support cage (42), and use push tool
i) Remove plate (39). [8] to remove bevel pinion and bearing
(43).
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
8. Bevel pinion output speed sensor 3) Remove outer race (53) from cage (51).
Remove bevel pinion output speed sensor (50)
together with flange.
D275A-5R 7
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
7) Disassembly of bevel gear shaft, bevel 9) Remove outer race (63) from cage (61).
gear assembly
i) Using puller [12], remove bearing (57)
from bevel gear shaft (56).
ii) Remove reamer bolt (58), then re-
move bevel gear (59) from bevel gear
shaft (56).
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
D275A-5R 9
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
6)Using eyebolts [11] and guide bolt [17], 9) Set steering case assembly horizontally.
install retainer (54). 10) Adjust preload of cage bearing.
3 Mounting bolt: q Push tip of tooth of bevel gear (59)
98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm} with push-pull scale [19] and measure
rotating torque of bevel gear shaft.
a Standard value for rotating torque
(center of bevel gear shaft):
3.9 – 4.9 Nm {0.4 – 0.5 kgm}
a (At tip of bevel gear tooth):
18.6 – 23.7 Nm {1.9 – 2.4 kgm}
a When measuring the rotating torque,
rotate the bevel gear thoroughly (10 –
20 times) before measuring.
a If the rotating torque is not within the
standard value, adjust the shim thick-
ness at the left and right cages as fol-
lows:
7) Using push tool [14], press fit outer race If value is LOW, ADD shims
(53) to cage (51). If value is HIGH, REMOVE shims
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
iii) Using push tool [21], press fit outer vii) After tightening locknut, turn locknut in
race (46) to cage (42). direction of loosening to a point where
a Press fit outer race (46) in the same 1 of 5 pin insertion holes in pinion
way. shaft and 1 of 8 pin insertion holes in
locknut are aligned.
q Angle to loosen: 0 – 9°
viii) Install pin (40) in aligned hole.
D275A-5R 11
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
2) Using guide bolt [6], install bevel pinion iii) If the result of the measurement
assembly (37) and shims (38). shows that the backlash is not correct,
a Assemble the same amount and adjust as follows.
thickness of shims that was removed. a When adjusting the shim thickness,
q Standard shim thickness: 2mm add or remove shims on the left or
q Types of shim thickness: right sides. However, to prevent the
0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm preload of the bearing from changing,
3 Mounting bolt: always keep the same total thickness
98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm} of shims on the left and right. (Adjust
by moving shims from one side to the
opposite side.)
q When backlash is too small
Reduce the shim thickness on the
right side of the chassis and add the
same shim thickness to the left side.
(Move the bevel gear in direction (A).)
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
D275A-5R 13
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
vi) Install bearing (26) and snap ring (25) 2) Assembly of brake assembly
to hub (24). i) Install seal rings (66) and (67) to cylin-
vii) Set hub (24) to the clutch drum, and der (13).
install snap ring (23). a The seal ring must be installed facing
viii) Install hub (24) with the 24 mounting in the correct direction. Assemble as
bolts. shown in the diagram.
3 Mounting bolt: 2 Seal rings: Grease (G2-LI)
98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
D275A-5R 15
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
vii) Install piston (12), and brake springs x) Install guide bolts [26] to cylinder (13).
(11).
a Install 2 pieces as 1 set.
a Install stamped mark (A) facing the
position shown in the diagram.
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
10. Cover
If cover (68) at rear of steering case has been
removed, install new gasket.
8. Clutch, brake assembly a Coat both surfaces of the gasket with gas-
1) To install tool E1 perpendicularly, use ket sealant.
block [1] and jack [2], and set steering 2 Gasket: Gasket sealant (LG-1)
case assembly (3) at an angle of 15°. a Tighten connector (69) of the bevel pinion
output s peed sensor with the cover
mounting bolts.
D275A-5R 17
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
Sym-
Necessity
Part No. Part name
bol
Sketch
Q'ty
790-337-1032 Lifting tool t 1
791-627-1320 Shackle t 2
J1
791T-627-1810 Plate t 1 Q
01010-82090 Bolt t 2 6. Remove the 3 final drive bolts and install tool J1.
[*1]
Removal
1. Expand the track shoe assembly. For details, 7. Using tool J1, sling final drive assembly (5) tem-
see "Expanding track shoe assembly". porarily.
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
3 Mounting bolt:
456 – 569 Nm {46.5 – 58 kgm}
[*2] [*3]
3 Mounting bolt:
1,160 – 1,440 Nm {118 – 147 kgm}
3 Sprocket tooth mounting bolt:
1,080 – 1,270 Nm {110 – 130 kgm}
D275A-5R 19
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Special tools
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
bol Part No. Part name
Sketch
Q'ty
791-627-1400 Remover t 1
2 790-101-2102 Puller t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
791-627-1600 Remover t 1
3 790-101-2102 Puller t 1
4. Hub
790-101-1102 Pump t 1 1) Remove plate (5).
791-627-1200 Remover t 1 2) Using hanging bolt [2], remove hub (6).
4 790-101-2102 Puller t 1
J
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
791-627-1300 Installer t 1
5 790-101-2102 Puller t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
791-627-1500 Installer t 1
6 790-101-2102 Puller t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
7 791-627-1280 Installer t 1
Disassembly
1. Draining oilì 5. Sprocket assembly
Remove the drain plug and drain the oil from the 1) Remove holder (7).
final drive case.
6 Final drive case: 40 l
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
6. Cover assembly
1) Using a hanging bolt, remove cover assem-
bly (15).
D275A-5R 21
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
7. Carrier assembly
1) Using hanging bolt [4], remove carrier as-
sembly (22).
22 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
D275A-5R 23
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
24 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
4. Cage assembly
1) Assemble the cage assembly according to
the following procedure.
i) Using push tools [14] and [15], install oil
seals (49) and (48).
a Install the lower oil seal with the pres-
sure receiving side down and the upper
oil seal with the pressure receiving side
up.
a Apply gasket sealant thinly to the inside
of the housing hole and wipe off the pro-
jected part.
2. Outer race 2 Oil seal lip: Grease (G2-LI)
Using push tool [12], press fit outer race (54). 2 Oil seal fitting surface:
D275A-5R 25
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
26 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
Table 1
a + b (mm) Number of shims to use Total
Thickness
Not less Not more of shims
t=0.15 t=0.5 t=1.0
than than (mm)
3.05 3.15 5 1 1.75
3.15 3.25 2 1 1 1.80
3.25 3.35 9 1 1.85
3.35 3.45 6 1 1.90
3.45 3.55 3 1 1 1.95
3.55 3.65 2 2.00
3.65 3.75 7 1 2.05
3.75 3.85 4 1 1 2.10
3.85 3.95 1 2 2.15
3.95 4.05 8 1 2.20
4.05 4.15 5 1 1 2.25
4.15 4.25 2 2 2.30 2) Install the O-ring and shaft assembly (41) to
4.25 4.35 9 1 2.35
the case.
2 Mounting bolt:
4.35 4.45 6 1 1 2.40
4.45 4.55 3 2 2.45
4.55 4.65 1 2 2.50 Thread tightener (LT-2)
4.65 4.75 7 1 1 2.55 3 Mounting bolt:
4.75 4.85 4 2 2.60 235 – 285 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
4.85 4.95 1 1 2 2.65
4.95 5.05 8 1 1 2.70
5.05 5.15 5 2 2.75
5.15 5.25 2 1 2 2.80
5.25 5.35 9 1 1 2.85
5.35 5.45 6 2 2.90
5.45 5.55 3 1 2 2.95
5.55 5.65 3 3.00
5.65 5.75 7 2 3.05
5.75 5.85 4 1 2 3.10
5.85 5.95 1 3 3.15
5.95 6.05 8 2 3.20
6.05 6.15 5 1 2 3.25
6.15 6.25 2 3 3.30
6.25 6.35 9 3 3.35
6.35 6.45 6 1 2 3.40
6.45 6.55 3 3 3.45 3) Using push tool [18], press fit 2 outer races
6.55 6.65 1 3 3.50
6.65 6.75 7 1 2 3.55
(39) to hub (40).
6.75 6.85 4 3 3.60 q Press fitting force for outer race:
6.85 6.95 1 1 3 3.65 2 – 16 kN {0.2 – 1.6 tons}
6.95 7.05 8 1 2 3.70
7.05 7.15 5 3 3.75
7.15 7.25 2 1 3 3.80
7.25 7.35 9 1 2 3.85
D275A-5R 27
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
28 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
8. Carrier assembly
Using hanging bolt [4], install carrier assembly
(22).
D275A-5R 29
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
5) Using tool J7, press fit floating seal (17) to 10. Sprocket hub assembly
floating seal cover (16). 1) Using tool J7, press fit floating seal (14) to
a Degrease the O-ring and O-ring fitting floating seal cover (11).
surfaces thoroughly and dry them be- a Degrease the O-ring and O-ring fitting
fore installing. surfaces thoroughly and dry them be-
a After installing the floating seal, check fore installing.
that its slant is within 1mm. a After installing the floating seal, check
that its slant is within 1mm.
30 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
11. Hub
1) Using hanging bolt [2], install hub (6).
5) Using hanging bolt [3], set sprocket hub as- 2) Install plate (5).
sembly (8) to the cover. 2 Mounting bolt:
a Check that the sliding surfaces of the Thread tightener (LT-2)
floating seal are free from dirt and apply 3 Mounting bolt:
engine oil to them thinly. 235 – 285 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
6) Using tool J6, press fit bearing (9).
a Press fit the bearing, turning the sprock-
et hub assembly.
q Press fitting force for bearing:
11 – 53 kN {1.1 – 5.4 tons}
12. Cover
Using hanging bolt [1], install the O-ring and
cover (4).
3 Mounting bolt:
235 – 285 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
D275A-5R 31
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
32 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03243-00
D275A-5R 33
SEN03243-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03243-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-07 (02)
34 D275A-5R
SEN03244-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of 2) Set stands [2] on both sides of the front main
frame of the machine body.
track frame assembly 1 3) Set hydraulic jack [3] under the center of the
equalizer bar and raise the front part of the
Special tool
machine body.
New/Remodel
4) Set a block under the raised front part of the
track frame to secure safety during work.
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
a After setting stands [1] and [2], set the jacks
Sketch
bol
or ripper again as auxiliary supports.
Q'ty
L14 791T-630-1380 Bracket t 6 Q
Removal
1. Remove the blade assembly. For details, see
"Removal of blade assembly".
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
7. Remove the mounting nuts and cover (2). [*1] 12. Remove cover (8).
8. Disconnect grease tube (3).
D275A-5R 3
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
15. Disconnect hoses (12) and (13) connected in- 18. Remove spacer (16).
side cover (11) pulled out and remove cover
(11).
a Perform this step for only the right side of the
single tilt specification or both track frames
of the dual tilt specification.
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
Installation [*4]
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to a Degrease the fitting face of the seal and apply
removal. gasket sealant (LG-6) to it.
a Do not install the track frame with torsional de-
[*1] formation left in seal (19).
Installation procedure for cover (4)
1) Tighten the mounting bolts of cover (4) with fin-
gers.
2) Install cover (2) and secure it with the nuts.
3) Tighten the mounting bolts of cover (4) securely.
4) Install grease tube (3).
[*5]
2 Bushing contact surface of pivot shaft:
Lubricant containing molybdenum disul-
fide (LM-P)
a When replacing the pivot shaft bushing of the
track frame assembly, press fit a new bushing
[*2]
with the bushing mating face up.
k When aligning the pin holes, never insert
your fingers in the pin holes. q Refilling with oil (Pivot shaft case)
a Direct the grease holes of the pins down. Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
q Left pin: Outside of machine body level.
3
q Right pin: Inside of machine body
Plug: 127 – 177Nm {13 – 18kgm}
2
5
Equalizer bar side bushing: Grease (G2-LI) l (EO30-DH)
Pivot shaft case: 10l
[*3]
a When fitting the seal, degrease the fitting face
and apply gasket sealant (LG-6) to it.
a Do not fit the seal with torsional deformation left
in it.
D275A-5R 5
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
791-730-1110 Bolt t 6
M 1 01580-12722 Nut t 6
01643-32780 Washer t 6
6. Remove covers (4).
Removal a Remove both inside and outside covers.
1. Expand the track shoe assembly. For details, [*2]
see "Expanding track shoe assembly".
k Never stand in front of the idler yoke to
7. Using hanging bolt [1], pull out pin (5). [*3]
prevent danger.
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
a Check that dimension (L) is less than 361 11. Supply grease through lubricator (13) and re-
mm. move cylinder (14) and piston assembly (15).
a Tighten bolts [2] until they come in contact [*6]
with the bottom of the yoke threads.
iii) Remove the 12 bolts other than the ones
marked with *.
iv) Secure bolts [2] with a spanner and loosen
2 nuts [3] on a diagonal line simultaneously
and gradually.
a Take care that the load will not be applied to
only 1 bolt.
v) Loosen nuts [3] until the recoil spring is ex-
panded fully and the loosening torque on
them lowers totally, then remove bolts [2].
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
14. Remove holder (20) from the recoil spring as- Installation
sembly. q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
a Adjust the clearance of the idler. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Adjusting clearance of
idler".
[*2]
2 Cover mounting bolt:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Cover mounting bolt:
245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
[*3]
k When aligning the pin holes, never insert
your fingers in the pin holes.
a Before inserting the pin, align the recoil cylinder
hole with the track frame hole.
[*4]
a If the recoil spring set bolt is broken or the shaft
end nut has come off, assemble according to
Assembly of recoil spring assembly.
[*5]
2 Idler yoke assembly mounting bolt:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Idler yoke assembly mounting bolt:
1,150 – 1,440 Nm {118 – 147 kgm}
[*6]
a Supply grease to the cylinder to prevent air from
staying in the cylinder according to the following
procedure.
i) Supply grease of about 0.9 l into the cylinder.
ii) Set the cylinder with the drain hole up and loos-
en the lubricator.
iii) Push in the piston until it is stopped by the stop-
per to discharge air and excessive grease.
iv) Tighten the lubricator.
3 Lubricator: 59 – 88 Nm {6 – 9 kgm}
D275A-5R 9
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of 3. Release the oil pressure gradually to reduce the
spring tension to 0 (zero).
recoil spring assembly 1
4. Remove rear pilot (5), spacer (6), bolt (7), and
Special tools
pilot (8) from spring (4).
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
791-685-8502 Compressor t 1
790-201-2780 Spacer t 1
791-635-3160 Extension t 1
M 3
Cylinder
790-101-1600 t 1
(686kN {70ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
Disassembly
Assembly
1. Set recoil spring assembly (1) to tool M3.
1. Install pilot (8), bolt (7), spacer (6), and rear pilot
k Since the installed load of the spring is
(5) to spring (4) and set them to M3.
k Since the installed load of the spring is
large and dangerous, set the spring as-
sembly securely.
large and dangerous, set each part se-
a Installed load of spring: curely.
372,700 N {38,000 kg}
2. Apply oil pressure gradually and compress the
spring to the standard length.
a Installed length of spring (a):
Approx. 1,045 mm
a Installed load of spring:
272,700 N {38,000 kg}
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
Disassembly and assembly 6. Using puller [4], remove seal guide (6), retainer
(7), and plate (8).
of idler assembly 1
Special tools
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
791T-630-1310 Plate t 1 Q
791-630-1220 Rod t 4
790-101-2510 Block t 2
790-101-2570 Plate t 4
1 01643-31445 Washer t 4
7. Remove seal guides (2) and (6) from retainers
01580-01411 Nut t 4
L (3) and (7).
Puller
790-101-2102 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
2 791-515-1520 Installer t 1
3 791-630-1240 Push tool t 1
4 791-601-1000 Oil pump t 1
Disassembly
1. Remove the oil filler plug and drain the oil.
6 l (G0140)
Idler: 0.8 – 0.9l
D275A-5R 13
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
3. Fit the O-ring and install retainer [3] and plate (4)
Assembly to the idler.
a Clean the all parts and check them for dirt or
damage.
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
7. Using tool L2, install floating seals (9) to seal 9. Using tool L4, supply the specified quantity of oil
guides (2) and (6). and tighten the oil filler plug.
5
a For precautions for installing the floating Idler: 0.8 – 0.9l l (G0140)
3
seals, see a in step 2 above. Oil filler plug:
156.8 – 254.8 Nm {16 – 26 kgm}
8. Set seal guide (2) to the shaft and press fit seal
guide (2) by using tools L1 and L3.
q Press fitting force for seal guide:
49 – 83.4 kN {5 – 8.5 tons}
D275A-5R 15
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
790-401-1700 Lifting toolt t 1
790-401-1761 Adapter t 1
5
L 790-401-1540 Shackle t 2
790-401-1770 T-bolt t 2 Note 2: Sling and secure 1st bogie assembly
14 791T-630-1380 Bracket t 4 Q (1) with a lever block, etc.
A fixing tool can not be used for the 1st
bogie assembly.
Removal
1. Loosen the track shoe tension. For details, see
"Expanding track shoe assembly".
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
5. Operate the blade and ripper to lower the ma- 3 Roller cap mounting bolt:
chine body. 824 – 1,030 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
a Operate the blade and ripper slowly.
[*3]
Types of track roller assembly
S: Track roller assembly (Single flange)
D: Track roller assembly (Double flange)
a Install the track roller assembly with the oil filler
plug out.
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*4]
[*1] [*2] When installing the 1st track roller assembly (single
Install the track roller assembly according to the fol- flange) by using tool L5;
lowing procedure. 1) Set tool L5 under the track roller assembly.
1. Set the track roller assembly on the track shoe. 2) Sling 1st track roller assembly (2) and set it to
a irect the oil filler of the track roller assembly the track frame.
out of the machine body.
3. Align dowel pin (4) with the dowel pin hole of the
track roller and tighten roller cap bolts (3).
a Take care not to break the dowel pin.
2 Roller cap mounting bolt:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
D275A-5R 17
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of 6. Using a press, remove seal guide (6), retainer
(7), and plate (8) from the shaft.
track roller assembly 1
7. Remove seal guides (2) and (6) from the retain-
Special tools
ers (3) and (7).
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
6 791T-630-1320 Plate t 1 Q
7 791T-630-1330 Push tool t 1 Q
L
8 791-651-1510 Installer t 1
9 791-601-1000 Oil pump t 1
Disassembly
1. Remove the oil filler plug and drain the oil.
6 l
Track roller: Approx. 0.75 – 0.85l 8. Remove floating seals (9) from seal guides (2)
and (6).
2. Set track roller assembly (1) to block [1]. a Keep the floating seals so that they will not
be damaged.
3. Remove the mounting bolts and remove seal
guide (2), retainer (3), and plate (4) together by 9. Remove floating seals (10) from seal guides (3)
using forcing screw [2]. and (7).
a Keep the floating seals so that they will not
4. Turn over the track roller assembly. be damaged.
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
D275A-5R 19
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
2 Carrier roller assembly mounting bolt:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
D275A-5R 21
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of 7. Remove bearing outer race (7) from the roller.
carrier roller assembly 1 8. Using puller [3], remove seal guide (8) and bear-
ing inner race (9) together.
Special tools
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
10 790-102-1891 Nut wrench t 1
11 791-675-1510 Installer t 1
L
12 791T-630-2410 Push tool t 1 Q
13 791-601-1000 Oil pump t 1
Disassembly
1. Remove the oil filler plug and drain the oil.
9. Remove floating seal (10) from seal guide (8).
a Drain the oil, turning the shaft.
6 l
Carrier roller: Approx. 0.6 – 0.7l
22 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
Assembly
a Clean the all parts and check them for dirt or
damage.
D275A-5R 23
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
9. Fit the O-ring and install seal guide (8), match- 12. Using tool L13, supply the specified quantity of
ing it to the dowel pin. oil and tighten the oil filler plug.
24 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
14 791T-630-1380 Bracket t 2 Q
790-401-1700 Lifting tool t 1
22
L 790-401-1761 Adapter t 1
791-630-1860 Bracket t 1 8. Set tool L22 and remove roller caps (3).
23
791-630-1870 Bracket t 1
Removal
1. Remove the undercover.
D275A-5R 25
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
26 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
5) Pull out spacer (11) and rings (12) and (13). Installation
q Pulling out force (Reference): 1. Assemble the cartridge pin.
275 – 490 kN {28 – 50 tons}
D275A-5R 27
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
2) Install spacer (11) and ring (12) to shaft (8) k When aligning the pin holes, never insert
and ring (9). your fingers in the pin holes.
3) Install spacer (14) to ring (12) and press fit
ring (13) with tool [2]. 4. Support 1st bogie (16) with hydraulic jack [2]
q Press fitting force for ring (13): and remove guide tool L19 and sling tool L23.
4.9 – 35.3 kN {0.5 – 3.6 tons}
2 Between shaft (8) – ring (13):
Lubricant containing
molybdenum disulfide (LM-P)
28 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
12. Using tool L22, sling and set track roller assem-
bly (6).
a When setting the track roller assembly, bal-
ance it.
4 Track roller assembly: 150 kg
10. Set block [1] between 1st bogie (16) and 2nd bo-
gie assembly (1) so that 1st bogie (16) will not
lower.
D275A-5R 29
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
13. Install roller cap (3) and secure it with the bolts
temporarily.
a Direct roller cap protectors (b) out of the bo-
gie.
a Take care not to break the dowel pin.
14. Align the dowel pin holes and tighten the bolts.
2 Roller cap mounting bolt:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Roller cap mounting bolt:
824 – 1,030 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
30 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
Removal and installation of 2nd, 3. Using tool L14, secure bogie assembly (1).
3rd and 4th bogie assembly 1 4. Remove cover (2).
a Remove the cover on the opposite side, too.
Special tools
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
14 791T-630-1380 Bracket t 2 Q
791-630-1360 Spacer t 1
790-101-2310 Block t 1
790-101-2360 Plate t 2
790-445-4130 Screw t 2
15
791-112-1180 Nut t 2
Puller 5. Operate the blade and ripper to raise the ma-
790-101-4000 t 1
(490kN {50ton})
chine body until the track roller is floated above
790-101-1102 Pump t 1 the track link.
790-201-2760 Spacer t 1 k Set a block between the track roller and
Removal
1. Loosen the track shoe tension. For details, see
"Expanding track shoe assembly".
D275A-5R 31
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
8. Remove the shaft and ring. 4) Set pulling out tool L16.
1) Set tool L15.
2) Push shaft (3) with tool L15 to push out ring
(4) to the opposite side.
q Pushing force (Reference):
275 – 490 kN {28 – 50 tons}
32 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
D275A-5R 33
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
2) Install spacer (6) and ring (7) to shaft (3) and 2. Lift off bogie assembly (1) onto block [3] and
ring (4). steel plate [4].
3) Install spacer (9) to ring (7) and press fit ring
(8) with tool [5].
q Press fitting force for ring (8):
4.9 – 35.3 kN {0.5 – 3.6 tons}
2 Between shaft (3) – ring (8):
Lubricant containing molybdenum
disulfide (LM-P)
34 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
36 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
790-101-2310 Block t 1
790-445-4130 Screw t 2
796T-470-1130 Plate t 1 Q
790-101-2360 Plate t 2
20
L 791-112-1180 Nut t 2
Puller
790-101-4000 t 1
(490kN {50ton})
4. Bogie
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
Disconnect inner bogie (5) and outer bogie (6).
21 791-601-1000 Oil pump t 1
Disassembly
1. Track roller assembly
1) Turn over bogie assembly (1).
2) Remove the roller cap and lift off 2 track roll-
er assemblies (2).
a Take care not to break the dowel pin.
4 Track roller assembly (Single frange):
150 kg
4 Track roller assembly (Double frange):
165 kg
Assembly
1. Assembly of cartridge pin assembly
Assemble the cartridge pin assembly according
to the procedure in Installation of bogie assem-
bly.
a See step 1.
2. Cover
Remove cover (3).
D275A-5R 37
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
38 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03244-01
D275A-5R 39
SEN03244-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03244-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
40 D275A-5R
SEN03245-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
a If a bolt is turned forcibly while it cannot be 2. Loosen the track shoe. [*1]
turned lightly, the threads of it and master k Do not loosen the lubricator more than 1
link (3) may be damaged. turn.
a If the track shoe is not loosened by loosen-
ing the lubricator, move the machine forward
and in reverse to discharge the grease.
a Check that the all grease has been dis-
charged.
1. Remove the work equipment. For details, see 5. Move the machine slowly in reverse to expand
"Removal of work equipment assembly". track shoe assembly.
D275A-5R 3
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out expansion (normal) in the reverse or-
der to removal.
[*1]
a Adjust the track shoe tension. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Testing and adjusting
track shoe tension".
[*2]
a Tighten the shoe mounting bolts for the master
link in the following order.
2 Shoe mounting bolt: Anti-seizure agent
(Maruzen MOLYMAX No. 2 or equivalent)
3 Shoe mounting bolt:
1st time: 490 ± 49 Nm {50 ± 50 kgm}
3 2nd time: Retighten by 180° ± 10°
a Tighten the all 4 bolts with fingers until the mas-
ter link mating faces are fitted.
a If the bolts are tightened forcibly before the mas-
ter link mating faces are fitted, the threads of the
bolts and master link may be damaged.
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
New/Remodel
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Necessity
Sym- Part No. Part name
Part No. Part name bol
Sketch
bol
Sketch
Q'ty
Q'ty
1 791-646-7531 Plug remover t 1 Cylinder
790-101-4300 t 1
12 (1,470 kN {150ton})
2 791-660-7460 Pin brush t 1
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
Push tool
3 791-646-7900 t 1 791-685-9510 Frame t 1
(For large plug)
Push tool 791-685-9520 Frame t 1
4 791-932-1110 t 1
(For small plug) 791-685-9530 Rod t 1
790-701-3000 Seal checker t 1 791-685-9550 Nut t 1
5
791-601-1000 Oil pump t 1 791-685-9560 Bolt t 4
6 791-632-1070 Installer t 1 13 791-632-1140 Adapter t 1
Remover and 01010-51030 Bolt t 1
791-680-9802 t 1
installer
04530-12030 Eyebolt t 1
791-680-1520 Guide t 1
Cylinder
Puller 790-101-4300 t 1
7 790-101-4200 t 1 (1,470 kN {150ton})
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
Cylinder
790-101-4300 t 1 791-685-9540 Rod t 1
(1,470 kN {150ton}) 14
791-685-9550 Nut t 1
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
791-685-9510 Frame t 1
Push tool
791-632-1500 t 1 791-685-9520 Frame t 1
assembly
791-632-1420 • Adapter 1 791-685-9530 Rod t 1
791-632-1430 • Ring 1 791-685-9550 Nut t 2
791-632-1440 • Plate 1 791-685-9560 Bolt t 4
791-632-1450 • Ring 1 791-126-0150 Adapter t 1
8 791-680-5520 Guide t 1
791-632-1460 • Push tool 1
R 15 791-126-0140 Pusher t 1
R 791-632-1470 • Adapter 1
791-632-1480 • Spring 1 791-632-1140 Adapter t 1
791-685-5730 • Bar 1 01010-51030 Bolt t 1
01252-30650 • Bolt 1 04530-12030 Eyebolt t 1
01580-01210 • Nut 1 791-685-9620 Extension t 1
Push tool Cylinder
791-632-1400 t 1 790-101-4300 t 1
assembly (1,470 kN {150ton})
791-632-1410 • Adapter 1 790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
791-632-1430 • Ring 1 791-680-1630 Spacer t
791-632-1440 • Plate 1 Puller
16 790-101-4200 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
791-632-1450 • Ring 1
9 790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
791-632-1460 • Push tool 1
791-680-5543 Adapter (For pin) t 1
791-632-1470 • Adapter 1
Adapter
791-632-1480 • Spring 1 791-680-9630 t 1
(For bushing)
791-685-5730 • Bar 1 17
Puller
01252-30650 • Bolt 1 790-101-4300 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
01580-01210 • Nut 1 790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
791-632-1490 Push tool t 1 18 790-434-1130 Guide t 1
10
791-685-5740 Push tool t 1 791-685-9510 Frame t 1
790-434-1110 Adapter t 1 791-685-9520 Frame t 1
790-434-1610 Guide t 1 19 791-685-9530 Rod t 1
11 Bolt (Shoe bolt may 791-685-9540 Rod t 1
195-32-61210 t 1
be used)
791-685-9550 Nut t 3
01010-51440 Bolt t 2
D275A-5R 5
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Whole disassembly
New/Remodel
1. Removal of shoe
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name Sling the shoe assembly and set it with the shoe
bol
Sketch
up on the floor and remove the shoe by using a
Q'ty
shoe bolt impact wrench.
791-685-9560 Bolt t 4 a If a shoe bolt is not loosened after it is un-
791-126-0150 Adapter t 1 screwed by 1 turn (If its torque is not re-
01010-51030 Bolt t 1 duced to 0), loosen the other bolts first, and
791-685-9620 Extension t 1 it will be removed smoothly.
19 791-680-5543 Adapter t 1 a If a shoe bolt is turned forcibly while its
791-680-5551 Guide t 1 torque is not 0, bolt and link will adhere to
Cylinder each other and they will need to be repaired.
790-101-4300 t 1
(1,470 kN {150ton}) a When moving the shoe assembly, take care
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1 not to damage the master link.
791-685-9510 Frame t 1 a If it is obliged to cut a shoe nut with gas,
791-685-9520 Frame t 1 keep the seal temperature below 80°C to
791-685-9530 Rod t 1 prevent thermal deterioration of the seal and
791-685-9540 Rod t 1 take measures to prevent the spatters from
791-685-9550 Nut t 3 entering through the clearances among the
791-685-9560 Bolt t 4
links.
791-126-0150 Adapter t 1
20 01010-51030 Bolt t 1
791-685-9620 Extension t 1
791-680-5551 Guider t 1
790-434-1140 Adapter t 1
R 791-680-9630 Adapter t 1
Cylinder
790-101-4300 t 1
(1,470kN {150ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
Puller
790-101-4200 t 1
21 (294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
22 790-434-1160 Guide t 1
791-685-9510 Frame t 1 2. Disassembly of link
1) Set the link assembly on a link press (Tool
791-685-9520 Frame t 1
R7) and hit it with a hammer so that the
791-685-9530 Rod t 1
bushing will be fitted to the jaw.
791-685-9540 Rod t 1
791-685-9550 Nut t 3
791-685-9560 Bolt t 4
791-126-0150 Adapter t 1
23
790-434-1151 Guide t 1
791-632-1140 Adapter t 1
01010-51030 Bolt t 1
790-434-1160 Guide t 1
Cylinder
790-101-4300 t 1
(1,470kN {150ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Whole assembly
a For the whole assembly of the track shoe, see
"Parts judgment guide, Undercarriage, Revers-
ing procedure for pin bushing".
2) Measure the outside diameter of the press
fitting parts of the pin and bushing and the
inside diameter of the pin and bushing fitting When recycling for lubricated track
parts of the link with a micrometer and a cyl- 1. Preparation work
inder gauge to see if the allowable fitting al- 1) Cleaning seal assembly
lowance is obtained. When using the pin, Remove the seal assembly from the link and
bushing, and link for a lubricated track, how- divide it into the seal ling and load ring, then
ever, secure the standard fitting allowance clean them.
between the pin and link. a Since the seal ring and load ring are deteri-
a If the allowable fitting allowance is not ob- orated easily by the cleaning liquid (trichlo-
tained, replace the parts with new ones. roethylene etc.), clean them quickly. After
a For the dimensional criteria, see Mainte- cleaning them, wipe off the cleaning agent
nance standard. from them.
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
2) When reusing the pin, chamfer its end cor- iv) Drive in the bar with a hammer.
ners smoothly with a grinder. Remove the a Driving distance (a) from pin end: 10 ± 1 mm
nodules sticking to the press fitting parts a If the chamfered part of the pin hole has
with the grinder, too. been worn, chamfer it with a small-sized
a If the ends are worn and sharpened, they grinder (grindstone tip angle: 45°– 60°) so
may scuff the press fitting parts and cause that the plug will not be damaged.
oil leakage. a Coat the plug with GO90 and drive it with the
small diameter end ahead.
D275A-5R 9
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
5) Measure the projections of the bushing on 8) Set the right link and install the spacer to the
both sides with a depth gauge. pin.
a Adjust the press fitting jig of the link press so a Check that the seal surface and bushing
that the projections on both sides will be end are free from dirt and apply oil (GO90)
even. to them with a clean cloth or brush.
a When installing the spacer, wipe it with a
clean cloth.
D275A-5R 11
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
10) Using the spacer for fine adjustment, press 13) Press fit until the link, spacer, and bushing
fit the pin and bushing until the pin end is fit- are fitted together.
ted to the bottom of the receiving jig. a Actually, you cannot see from outside if the
a Adjust the depth of the receiving jig hole so above parts are fitted. Accordingly, control
that the projections of the pin on both sides the hydraulic pressure of the link press. Set
will be even. the relief pressure to a proper level and
heighten the hydraulic pressure to that level.
For setting of the relief pressure, see Prepa-
ration work.
a Check that adjacent 2 links can turn around
each other.
11) Set the left link and install the spacer to the
pin.
a Apply oil similarly to the right link.
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
a Perform steps 15) – 18) for only the model 18) Using jig R10, push in the ring.
having the ring. Pushing force for ring:
15) Install the ring to jig R8. 245 – 304 kN {25 – 31 tons}
16) Align the jig with plug hole and push it slowly 19) After each link is assembled, bleed air from
until a click is heard. the pin by using tool R5 and check the seal-
a A click is heard when the ring slides down on ing performance.
the jig and fits to the pin. a Keep the degree of vacuum inside the pin at
91 – 95 kPa {680 – 710 mmHg} for 5 sec-
onds and check that the pressure does not
change. If the pressure changes, disassem-
ble and check the seal. If the seal is free
from abnormality, assemble again.
17) Using jig R9, insert the ring in the pin groove
on the opposite side similarly.
D275A-5R 13
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
20) Using tool R5, supply oil (G090) until the oil
supply pressure rises to 196 – 294 kPa {2 –
3 kg/cm2}.
a In a cold or very cold district, supply Komat-
su genuine oil (150-09-19270 or 195-32-
61990) having better low-temperature char-
acteristics instead of G090.
a If the oil pressure is heightened too much, it
has bad effects on the seal. Take care.
3. Installation of shoe
1) Set the link assembly on the bed and install
the shoe with a shoe bolt impact wrench and
a torque wrench.
2
a Supply oil so that depth (L) of the hollow of Shoe bolt: Lubricant containing mo-
the pin hole will be in the following range lybdenum disulfide (LM-P)
when the link is left with the small plug side
3 Shoe bolt (Regular link)
up (when the link assembly is placed on its
side) for 30 minutes. Initial torque:
Dimension (L): 50 – 80 mm 784 ± 78 Nm {80 ± 8 kgm}
3 Retightening angle: 120° ± 10°
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
2 Shoe bolt:
Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
3 Shoe bolt (Master link)
Initial torque:
490 ± 49 Nm {50 ± 5 kgm}
3 Retightening angle: 180° ± 10°
a Tighten the bolts in the order of [1] – [4].
D275A-5R 15
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
2. Assembly of link
1) Apply lithium grease (G2-LI) to the mating
surfaces of the pin and bushing and assem-
ble them, then set them before the jaw of the
link press.
a When reusing (reversing) the bushing, set
the worn outside surface of the bushing on
the shoe fitting side of the link (set the bush-
ing with the worn outside surface up on the
link press).
D275A-5R 17
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
7) Set both links and operate both pushing jigs a Perform steps 9) – 12) for only the model
to press fit the pin and bushing simulta- having the ring.
neously. 9) Install the ring to jig R8.
a If the pin and bushing have play when they
are press fitted, the seal may come off the
link. To prevent this, press fit smoothly. If
the seal comes off the link, stop press fitting
and set the seal to the link correctly, then
start press fitting again.
a Pushing force of pin and bushing:
735 kN {75 tons}
Pushing force 1.8 x Average pressure
(Adjust the relief pressure of the link press to
set the press cutting force.)
10) Align the jig with pin hole and push it slowly
until a click is heard.
Using jig R9, install the ring on the opposite
side similarly.
a A click is heard when the ring slides down on
the jig and fits to the pin.
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Unit: mm Precaution
1. The link receiving faces of jaw (5) must be verti-
Dimensions of jig cal.
2. Replaceable wear plate (6) is desirable.
a 4.2
b 2.0
c 44.5
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
Disassembly of 1 link in the field 4. Set tool R15 and apply oil pressure to pull out
k Only how to use the tools is explained below. pin (3).
For details of Disassembly and assembly, a After the cylinder reaches the stroke end, in-
see "Whole disassembly (or assembly) of stall extension tool R15 between the adapt-
track shoe". er and guide, then repeat the work.
1. Using 2 bolts (2), install tool R11 to link (1).
a As 2 bolts (2) for this step, 2 track bolts may
be used.
D275A-5R 21
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly of 1 link in the field 3. Set link (4) on the opposite side and support it
1. Assembly of link sub-assembly with tool R18.
1) Set tool R17 to the link end and press fit
bushing (1).
a Press fitting force for bushing:
137 – 274 kN {14 – 28 tons}
22 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
7. Set tool R19 to pin (7) side and press fit pin (7),
using tool R23.
2 Pin fitting hole of link:
Gasket sealant (198-32-19890)
Cylinder: (b)
Frame side: (e)
a Set the pin with the side hole toward the link
tread.
a Press fitting force for pin:
299 – 490 kN {30 – 50 tons}
D275A-5R 23
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
24 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
Assembly of master link 2) Set spacer (3) and seal assembly (4) to the
a For the method of using tool R7, see Disassem- counterbore of the link of the connecting
bly of 1 link in the field. part.
1. Assembly of bushing-side link
1) Press fit bushing-side master link (1) to
bushing (2) with a press.
a When press fitting both master links,
take care that they will be in parallel with
each other.
a Do not damage the mating surfaces of
the master links and end faces of the
bushing.
Unit: mm
L1 184.15 ± 0.7
L2 234.95 ± 0.7
Drill 30 in
D1
diameter 3) Match the pin hole and bushing hole to each
D2 27 x 2.0 other and connect the pin and bushing with
guide pin [1].
D275A-5R 25
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
5) Using tools R7, R8, R9, and R10, install the 2) Pass pin (10) through bushing (9) and set
ring. and press fit pin-side master links (11) from
a For the procedure, see Assembly of link. both sides with tool R7.
3) Using tools R7, R8, R9, and R10, install the
6) Install the shoe to the link of the connecting ring.
part. a For the procedure, see steps 9) - 12) in
Assembly of link.
7) Drive large plug (6) with tool R3 and supply
oil with tool R5, then drive small plug (7) with 4) Drive large plug (13) with tool R3 and supply
tool R4. oil with tool R5, then drive small plug (14)
a When press fitting both master links, with tool R4.
take care that they will be in parallel with
each other (Bushing side and pin side).
a Do not damage the mating surfaces of
the master links and end faces of the
bushing.
a Take care that dirt and sand will not stick
to the seal, spacer, end of bushing, and
tap-hole mating face of the master link.
26 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
New/Remodel
a Using tool P2, press fit seal (2) to the pivot
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
shaft.
2
Sketch
bol
Press fitting face of seal:
Q'ty
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
1 790-401-1700 Lifting tool t 1 a Check that press fitting distance (a) of the
791-650-1700 Installer t 1 seal from the shaft end is as follows.
P Puller q Press fitting distance (a):
2 790-101-4200 t 1
(294kN {30ton}) 493.5 ± 1.0 mm
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
Removal
1. Remove the track frame assembly. For details,
see "Removal of track frame assembly".
D275A-5R 27
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of 4. Remove mounting nuts and cover (2). [*1]
equalizer bar assembly 1 5. Disconnect grease tube (3).
Special tools
6. Remove cover (4).
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
791T-650-1930 Spacer t 1 Q
792-900-1520 Plate t 1
791-520-4140 Screw t 1
790-101-2470 Adapter t 1
N 1 790-101-2540 Washer t 1
791-112-1180 Nut t 1
Puller
790-101-2102 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1 7. Pull out side pin (5). [*2]
a If the equalizer bar hole is not aligned with
the track frame hole, the pin cannot be
Removal
pulled out easily. Accordingly, adjust the
1. Remove the engine undercover and power train
height of the equalizer bar side with hydrau-
undercover.
lic jack [2].
4 Engine undercover: 250 kg a Remove the pin on the opposite side by re-
4 Power train undercover: 320 kg peating steps 3 – 7.
2. Set stand [1] and hydraulic jack [2] under the ra-
diator guard.
28 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
8. Operate hydraulic jack [2] slowly to lower the 13. Sling equalizer bar (8) and lower it, bypassing
machine body until the equalizer bar touches both track frames.
both track frames. k After remove the equalizer bar, do not
lower the machine body.
4
9. Disconnect lubrication tube (6).
Equalizer bar: 275 kg
10. Remove lock plate (7).
Installation
11. Using tool N1, remove center pin (8). [*3] q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
a If the equalizer bar hole is not aligned with moval.
the main frame hole, the pin cannot be
pulled out easily. Accordingly, adjust the [*1]
height of the main frame side with the hy- Installation procedure for cover (2)
draulic jack. 1) Tighten the 5 mounting bolts of cover (4) lightly.
2) Install cover (2) and secure it with the 2 nuts.
3) Tighten the mounting bolts of cover (4) perma-
nently.
4) Install grease tube (3).
D275A-5R 29
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*2]
k When aligning the pin holes, never insert
your fingers in the pin holes.
a Before installing the side pin, operate the hy-
draulic jack to adjust the main frame height and
align the equalizer bar hole with the track frame
hole.
a Set the grease holes of the pins in the following
directions.
q Left pin: Outside of machine body
q Right pin: Inside of machine body
2 Equalizer bar side bushing:
Grease (G2-LI)
[*3]
k When aligning the pin holes, never insert
your fingers in the pin holes.
a Before installing the center pin, sling the equal-
izer bar and align the equalizer bar hole with the
main frame hole.
2 Equalizer bar center bushing and main frame
bushing: Grease (G2-LI)
30 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
Disassembly and assembly of 3) Using tool N2, remove spherical bushing (5)
from equalizer bar (6).
equalizer bar bushing 1 a Remove the parts on the opposite similarly.
Special tools
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym-
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
791-650-1800 Remover t 1
Puller
N 2 790-101-2102 t 1
(294kN {30ton})
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
Disassembly
1. Center bushing
Assembly
Remove center bushing (1).
1. Side bushing
1) Set spherical bushing (5) and tool N2 and
press fit spherical bushing (5) to equalizer
bar (6).
2. Side bushing
1) Remove ring (2) and seal (3).
2) Remove ring (4).
a Install the spherical bushing as shown in the
figure.
i) Set bushing end (a) on the level.
ii) Install the bushing with grease hole (b)
slant.
D275A-5R 31
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
2. Center bushing
Using the press, press fit center bushing (1).
32 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03245-00
D275A-5R 33
SEN03245-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03245-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-07 (02)
34 D275A-5R
SEN03246-00
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
a Adjust the brake pedal. For details, see Testing
and adjusting, "Adjusting brake pedal and park-
ing brake lever".
D275A-5R 3
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
[*1]
a Adjust the brake pedal. For details, see Testing
and adjusting, "Adjusting brake pedal and park-
ing brake lever".
D275A-5R 5
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
[*1]
a Adjust the brake pedal. For details, see Testing
and adjusting, "Adjusting brake pedal and park-
ing brake lever".
q Bleeding air
Bleed air from the fan pump. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from fan
pump".
D275A-5R 7
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of 4. Disconnect 3 PPC hose clamps and plate (5).
control valve assembly 1
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
k Lower the work equipment to the ground and
release the residual pressure from the pip-
ing, referring to Testing and adjusting, Re-
l e a s i ng r e s i d u a l p r e s s u r e f r o m w o r k
equipment cylinders. Then, set the lock le-
ver in the LOCK position.
a Plug the disconnected pipes and hoses to pre-
vent foreign matter from entering them.
5. Disconnect hydraulic tank return hose (6).
a Put tags to the disconnected pipes to prevent a
mistake in re-connecting them.
6. Disconnect blade PPC hose (7) and ripper PPC
hose (8).
1. Drain the oil from the hydraulic tank.
q (7): Coupler (Color band: Blue)
6 Hydraulic tank: Approx. 130 l q (8): Coupler (Color band: Blue)
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
7. Disconnect PPC hoses (9) on the right side. [*1] 9. Disconnect accumulator hose (PPC main pres-
a There 5 PPC hoses in the dual tilt machine sure port) (11).
and 4 in the single tilt machine.
The PPC hoses are as follows from the top
(Dual tilt machine).
q Ripper tilt BACK hose
(Color band: Brown) (Coupler) (Port PA5)
q Ripper lift LOWER hose
(Color band: Black) (Coupler) (Port PA4)
q LEFT tilt cylinder hose
(Color band: Yellow) (Port PA3)
q Blade lift LOWER hose
(Color band: Not colored) (Port PA2)
q RIGHT tilt cylinder hose
(Color band: Brown) (Coupler) (Port PA1)
10. Remove accumulator bracket (12).
D275A-5R 9
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
11. Disconnect the work equipment hoses. 16. Remove the 4 mounting bolts. Using hanging
a There are 10 work equipment hoses for the bolt [1], lift off control valve assembly (20).
4
dual tilt machine and 8 for the single tilt ma- Control valve assembly: 155 kg
chine.
q Hoses (13) are as follows from the top (Dual
tilt machine).
Ripper tilt IN hose (Port A5)
Ripper lift LOWER hose (Port A4)
LEFT tilt cylinder hose (Port A3)
Blade lift LOWER hose (Port A2)
RIGHT tilt cylinder hose (Port A1)
q Hoses (14) are as follows from the top (Dual
tilt machine).
Ripper tilt BACK hose (Port B5)
Ripper lift RAISE hose (Port B4)
LEFT tilt cylinder hose (Port B3)
Blade lift RAISE hose (Port B2)
RIGHT tilt cylinder hose (Port B1) Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1], [*2]
a Since the connecting positions of the PPC hos-
es are indicated by their band colors, check the
band colors when connecting those hoses.
q PPC hose band colors (Dual tilt machine)
15. Disconnect work equipment pump hose (Port q PPC hose band colors (Single tilt machine)
LS) (19).
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
q Bleeding air
Bleed air from the piping. For details, see Test-
ing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from work
equipment cylinders".
D275A-5R 11
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
a Clean the all parts and check them for dirt or
damage. Coat their sliding surfaces with en-
gine oil before installing.
a When assembling the suction valve, check
that the spring is installed in the sleeve nor-
mally.
a When assembling a relief valve or a plug,
check that the cut part of the backup ring is
closed and apply grease (G2-LI) to the pe-
riphery of the backup ring.
a After installing the main relief valve assem-
bly, adjust it. For details, see Testing and
adjusting, "Testing and adjusting work
equipment oil pressure".
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
New/Remodel
q Perform this procedure for only the blade lift
Necessity
Sym cylinder.
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol 1) Remove quick drop valve (1).
Q'ty
2) Disassemble the quick drop valve assembly
according to the following procedure.
Cylinder repair
790-502-1003 t 1 i) Remove block (2).
1 stand
ii) Remove spring (3), spacer (4), valves
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
(5) and (6), and collar (7).
Other than
790-102-2303 Wrench t 1
2 blade lift
790-102-3802 Wrench Blade lift t 1
790-102-4300 Wrench Ripper lift t 1
3
790-102-4310 Pin Ripper tilt t 2
790-201-1702 Push tool kit t 1
790-101-5021 • Grip 1
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
4 790-201-1831 Blade lift 1
• Push Blade tilt
790-201-1851 1
tool Ripper lift
D275A-5R 13
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
4. Piston assembly
q Blade lift cylinder and blade tilt cylinder
1) Remove the mounting bolts and 2 spacers
(14).
2) Remove 4 valves (15).
3) Remove piston assembly (16) from piston
rod (17).
4) Remove retainer (18).
2) Remove lock screw (24) of piston assembly
(23).
q Screw size: M12 x Pitch 1.75
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
D275A-5R 15
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
a Take care not to damage the packings, dust
seals, O-rings, etc.
a Clean each part and block the piping ports and
pin holes so that dirt will not enter them.
2. Head assembly
1) Assemble the head assembly according to
the following procedure. 3. Assembly of piston assembly
i) Using tool U4, press fit bushing (34). 1) Set piston ring (28) to tool U6 and turn the
ii) Install buffer ring (33) and packing (32). handle of the tool by 8 – 10 turns to expand
iii) Using tool U5, install dust seal (31) the piston ring.
iv) Install snap ring (30). 2) Remove piston ring (28) from tool U6 and in-
v) Install O-ring and backup ring (29). stall it to the piston.
a When installing the backup ring, 3) Using tool U7, shrink piston ring (28).
warm it in water at 50 – 60°C.
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
4. Piston assembly
q Ripper lift cylinder and ripper tilt cylinder
1) Set piston rod assembly (12) to tool U1.
D275A-5R 17
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03246-00
D275A-5R 19
SEN03246-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03246-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-07 (02)
20 D275A-5R
SEN03247-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03247-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of blade 3. Using plate (3), fix the lift cylinder assembly to
the radiator guard.
assembly 1 a Bind the piston rod with wires so that it will
not come out.
Removal
k Lower the work equipment to a level place
and set blocks [1] under both blade assem-
bly (7) securely.
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03247-01
Installation
• Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
a Adjust clearance (a) at the mating face of the
cap to the following value with shims and check
that the shims rotate smoothly.
• Standard clearance (a): 0.2 – 0.5 mm
• Standard shim thickness: 4 mm
a After installing the blade, adjust its tilting dis-
tance, referring to Testing and adjusting, Adjust-
ing blade.
• Bleeding air
Bleed air from the work equipment cylinders.
For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding
air from work equipment cylinders".
[*2]
a Adjust the shims of the trunnion, referring to
Testing and adjusting, Adjusting blade.
D275A-5R 3
SEN03247-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of 5. Set stand [2] between the arm and beam.
ripper assembly 1 6. Sling lift cylinder assembly (3) temporarily.
Disassembly
7. Remove the lock plate and pin (4).
1. Remove right step (1).
a Start the engine and retract the piston rod
fully and lower it onto the arm.
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03247-01
19. Using forcing screw [4], pull out both pins (14).
D275A-5R 5
SEN03247-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03247-01
7. Set beam (7) in position. 17. Pass a wire through the shank holder and raise
shank (2) slowly to align it with the pin hole.
8. Install pins (8) to both sides and secure them k When aligning the pin holes, never insert
with the lock plates. your fingers in the pin holes.
11. Install pin (6) and secure it with the lock plate. 20. Install right step cover (1).
a Install the pin on the opposite side similarly.
14. Install pin (4) and secure it with the lock plate.
a Install the pin on the opposite side similarly.
ÅD
q Bleeding air
a Bleed air from the work equipment cylin-
ders. For details, see Testing and adjusting,
"Bleeding air from work equipment cylinder".
a Supply grease (G2-LI) to each connecting
pin.
15. Set block [1] and drive the machine over it and
lower the blade.
k Lock the brake securely.
16. tart the engine and raise the ripper assembly ful-
ly.
D275A-5R 7
SEN03247-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03247-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
8 D275A-5R
SEN03248-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
3 Mounting bolt:
1,180 – 1,470 Nm {120 – 150 kgm}
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
D275A-5R 3
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
* Among the panes of window glass of the opera- (1): Front window glass
tor's cab, the 3 panes of (1) and (2) on both (2): Left door window glass
sides are stuck. In this section, the procedure : Right door window glass
for replacing the stuck glass is explained. (3): Both-sided adhesive tape
(4): Trim seal
(5): Door handle
D275A-5R 5
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
New/Remodel
Necessity
Sym
Part No. Part name
Sketch
bol
Q'ty
Lifter
X 1 793-498-1210 t 2
(Suction cup)
Removal
* Remove the window glass to be replaced
according to the following procedure.
6 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
D275A-5R 7
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
4. Install trim seals (4) to both door window 5. Position the new window glass.
glasses (2). 1) Using tool X1, set the window glass to the
sticking position. Check the clearance
between the window glass and the opera-
tor's cab on the right, left, upper, and lower
sides, and then adjust it evenly.
a Position front window glass (1) from
inside of operator's cab (7). Adjust it so
that the difference between black
coated part and the metal sheet of oper-
ator's cab (7) will be even on the right,
left, upper, and lower sides.
a When positioning each door window
glass (2), align handle holes (d) of door
(9) (on the glass side and door metal
sheet side) first. Then, adjust the door
a Install each trim seal (4) so that its finishing window glass so that the positional rela-
end and starting end will be jointed at posi- tionship between it and door metal
tion (c) and dimension (b) between the cor- sheet will be even all around the win-
ner and position (c) will be 90 mm. dow.
8 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
6. Apply adhesive.
2 Adhesive: Sikaflex 256HV manufactured
by Sika Japan
a Do not use primer. 2) Cut the tip of the adhesive nozzle (12) so
a The using limit of the adhesive is 6 months that dimensions (f) and (g) will be as fol-
after the date of manufacture. Do not use lows.
the adhesive after this limit. q Dimension (f) : 10 mm
a Keep the adhesive in a dark place where q Dimension (g): 15 mm
the temperature is below 25°C.
a Never heat the adhesive higher than 30°C.
a When reusing the adhesive, remove the all
hardened part from the nozzle tip.
D275A-5R 9
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
4) Remove release tape of the both-sided a Apply adhesive (13) to dimensions (h) and
adhesive tape (3a) on the glass side. (j) of both-sided adhesive tape (3) of opera-
tor's cab (7).
q Dimension (h): 10 mm
q Dimension (j) : 15 mm
a Apply adhesive (13) higher than both-sided
adhesive tape (3).
a Apply the adhesive evenly.
10 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
D275A-5R 11
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
12 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
D275A-5R 13
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
14 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
7. Remove steps (13) and covers (14). 12. Disconnect bracket (22) and clamp (23).
8. Remove panel (15) and cover (16).
D275A-5R 15
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
11.8 – 14.7 Nm
M16 x 1.5 19 mm
{1.2 – 1.5 kgm}
19.8 – 24.5 Nm
M22 x 1.5 24 mm
{2.0 – 2.5 kgm}
29.4 – 34.3 Nm
M24 x 1.5 27 mm
{3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
16 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
Removal and installation of floor 3. Remove left cover (8), armrest (9), and right
cover (10).
frame assembly 1
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
k Lower the work equipment to the ground and
release the residual pressure from the pip-
ing, referring to Testing and adjusting, Re-
leasing residual pressure from work
equipment cylinders.
k In the case that you do not drain the coolant,
if you disconnect the heater hose when the
coolant temperature in the radiator is high,
you may be scalded. In this case, wait until
4. Remove bracket (11).
the coolant temperature lowers and then dis-
connect the heater hose.
k Collect the air conditioner refrigerant (R134a)
from air conditioner circuit in advance.
a Ask professional traders for collecting and filling
operation of refrigerant (R134a).
a Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the at-
mosphere.
k If refrigerant gas (R134a) gets in your eyes,
you may lose your sight. Accordingly, put
on protective goggles while you are collect-
ing the refrigerant (R134a) or filling the air
conditioner circuit with the refrigerant
(R134a). Collecting and filling work must be 5. Remove cover (12).
conducted by a qualified person.
D275A-5R 17
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
6. Disconnect brake linkage (15) from the turn- 10. Lift off floor plate (17).
4
buckle. [*1] Flower plate: 35 kg
a Before disconnecting the linkage, measure
its installed length.
18 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
12. Remove cover (20) and duct hose (21). [*2] 16. Disconnect 5 blade PPC hoses (37), 5 ripper
PPC hoses (38), and accumulator hose (39).
13. Disconnect receiver tank hose (23) and air con- [*4]
ditioner compressor hose (24). [*3]
a Discharge the refrigerant (gas) from the air
conditioner curcuit before disconnecting the
air conditioner hoses.
D275A-5R 19
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
a Adjust the brake pedal. For details, see Testing
and adjusting, "Adjusting brake pedal and park-
ing lever".
[*2]
3 Hose (21) clamp:
6.8 ± 0.49 Nm {69 ± 5 kgcm}
[*3]
a Install each hose so that it will not be twisted.
a When installing the air conditioner hoses, take
care that dirt, dust, and water will not enter
them.
a When installing each air conditioner hose, check
that O-ring (70) is fitted to it.
a Check O-ring (70) for a flaw and deterioration.
a When connecting each refrigerant pipe, apply
compressor oil for new refrigerant (R134a)
(DENSO: ND-OIL8 or ZEXEL ZXL100PT
(equivalent to PAG46) to O-ring (70)).
11.8 – 14.7 Nm
M16 x 1.5 19 mm
{1.2 – 1.5 kgm}
19.8 – 24.5 Nm
M22 x 1.5 24 mm
{2.0 – 2.5 kgm}
29.4 – 34.3 Nm
M24 x 1.5 27 mm
{3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
20 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03248-01
[*4]
a Since the connecting positions of the PPC hos-
es are indicated by their clamp colors, check the
clamp colors when connecting those hoses.
q Blade PPC hose clamp colors
(Dual tilt machine)
Green (44): Solenoid valve hose (Outside of
machine body)
Yellow (45): Solenoid valve hose (Inside of ma-
chine body)
Not colored (46): Work equipment control valve
hose (port PA2)
Black (47): Work equipment control valve hose
(port PB2) a Hose clamp colors seen from the right of the
Blue (48): Drain centralized block hose (Rear machine body are shown.
side of machine body)
q Ripper PPC hose clamp colors q Blade PPC hose clamp colors
(Dual tilt machine) (Single tilt machine)
Brown (49): Work equipment control valve hose Not colored (46): Work equipment control valve
(port PA5) hose
Black (50): Work equipment control valve hose Black (47): Work equipment control valve hose
(port PA4) Green (58): Work equipment control valve hose
White (51): Work equipment control valve hose Yellow (59): Work equipment control valve hose
(port PB5) q Ripper PPC hose clamp colors
Not colored (52): Work equipment control valve (Single tilt machine)
hose (port PB4) Brown (49): Work equipment control valve hose
Blue (53): Drain centralized block hose (Front Black (50): Work equipment control valve hose
side of machine body) White (51): Work equipment control valve hose
q Clamp colors between block and work equip- Not colored (52): Work equipment control valve
ment control valve (Dual tilt machine) hose
Yellow (54): Work equipment control valve hose
Brown (55): Work equipment control valve hose
Green (56): Work equipment control valve hose
White (57): Work equipment control valve hose
D275A-5R 21
SEN03248-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03248-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
22 D275A-5R
SEN03249-01
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN03249-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
3 Screw: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.29 ± 0.03 kgm}
2 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03249-01
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
3 Screw: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.29 ± 0.03 kgm}
D275A-5R 3
SEN03249-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of 5. Disconnect connectors EGC3 (6), EGC1 (7) and
EGC2 (8) and remove cover (9). [*1]
engine controller assembly 1
Removal
k Disconnect the cable from the negative (–)
terminal of the battery.
1. Open the left engine side cover (1) and lift off
side cover assembly (2).
4 Side cover assembly: 25 kg
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval.
[*1]
3 Connector mounting screw:
2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.29 ± 0.03 kgm}
4 D275A-5R
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN03249-01
D275A-5R 5
SEN03249-01 50 Disassembly and assembly
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN03249-01
© 2008 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-08 (02)
6 D275A-5R
SEN02180-00
BULLDOZER
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02180-00 90 Diagrams and drawings
2 D275A-5R
Hydraulic circuit diagram Hydraulic circuit diagram 1
D275A-5R
SEN02180-00
D275A-5R 3
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02180-00
Power train hydraulic circuit diagram Power train hydraulic circuit diagram
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 5
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02180-00
D275A-5R 7
SEN02180-00 90 Diagrams and drawings
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02180-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
8 D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
BULLDOZER
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 1
SEN02181-01 90 Diagrams and drawings
2 D275A-5R
Electrical circuit diagram (1/13) Electrical circuit diagram (1/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 3
Electrical circuit diagram (2/13) Electrical circuit diagram (2/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 5
Electrical circuit diagram (3/13) Electrical circuit diagram (3/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 7
Electrical circuit diagram (4/13) Electrical circuit diagram (4/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 9
Electrical circuit diagram (5/13) Electrical circuit diagram (5/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 11
Electrical circuit diagram (6/13) Electrical circuit diagram (6/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 13
Electrical circuit diagram (7/13) Electrical circuit diagram (7/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 15
Electrical circuit diagram (8/13) Electrical circuit diagram (8/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 17
Electrical circuit diagram (9/13) Electrical circuit diagram (9/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 19
Electrical circuit diagram (10/13) Electrical circuit diagram (10/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 21
Electrical circuit diagram (11/13) Electrical circuit diagram (11/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 23
Electrical circuit diagram (12/13) Electrical circuit diagram (12/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 25
Electrical circuit diagram (13/13) Electrical circuit diagram (13/13) 1
D275A-5R
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 27
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02181-01
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab
D275A-5R
D275A-5R 29
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 31
SEN02181-01 90 Diagrams and drawings
32 D275A-5R
Connectors table and arrangement drawing D275A-5R Connectors table and arrangement drawing
D275A-5R
1 DT 6 Intermediate connector H-9 DPNL — 2 Diode AJ-8 PA DT 2 Dual sellect solenoid D-8
2 Terminal 1 Rear speaker RH H-9 DS1 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector Q-3 PAMB FRAMATOME 3 Ambient pressure sensor AG-7
3 Terminal 1 Rear speaker RH H-9 DS2 DT-C 12 Intermediate connector Q-2 PB DT 2 Pitch sellect solenoid D-8
4 YAZAKI 4 Rear wiper motor G-9 DS3 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector Q-2 PCV1 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump#1 AE-5
5 Terminal 1 Rear speaker LH G-9 DS4 DT-D 12 Intermediate connector Q-3 PCV2 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump#2 AE-6
6 Terminal 1 Rear speaker LH G-9 DS5 DT-D 12 Intermediate connector Q-1 PFUEL AMP 3 Common rail pressure sensor AG-6
9 KES1 6 Front wiper motor D-8 E22 DT 2 Intermediate connector AF-6 PHR Relay 5 Pre-heater relay AA-7
10 — 9 Radio H-9 EG1 DTP 2 Intermediate connector AH-8 PIM CANNON 4 Boost pressure sensor AG-9
11 KES1 6 L.H Wiper switch E-9 EG2 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector AH-8 PL1 24-23 23 Intermediate connector Y-3
12 KES1 6 Front Wiper switch E-9 EG4 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector C-7 PL1F 24-23 23 Switch harness for emergency AK-8
13 KES1 6 R.H Wiper switch E-9 EG6 DT 2 Intermediate connector AH-8 PL1M 24-23 23 Switch harness for emergency AK-8
14 KES1 6 Rear Wiper switch F-9 EGC1 DRC 60 Engine controller AG-7 PL2 24-31 31 Intermediate connector Y-2
15 M 2 Rear lamp switch F-9 EGC2 DRC 50 Engine controller AH-7 PL2 24-31 31 Switch harness for emergency AK-8
17 YAZAKI 4 Wiper motor for right door E-8 EGC3 DTP 4 Engine controller AG-7 PL4 DT-B 12 Intermediate connector Y-2
18 YAZAKI 4 Wiper motor for left door I-9 EHL Relay 5 Engine hold relay Z-7 PL5 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector X-2
19 DT 4 Intermediate connector J-2 EPP DT 6 Electrical priming pump timer C-7 PNL 24-31 31 Switch for emergency AI-9
20 DTHD 1 ACC power supply V-1 ESD DT 3 Service connector(for engine option) AA-7 POIL FRAMATOME 3 Engine oil pressure sensor AF-6
21 DTHD 1 Battery power supply V-1 F1T DT 2 Transmission 1st clutch ECMV (Fill switch) AM-2 PPL DT 2 Pin puller solenoid J-3
22 — 2 Lighter power supply terminal I-9 F2T DT 2 Transmission 2nd clutch ECMV (Fill switch) AL-1 PRE DT 2 Pre-lubrication connector AB-7
23 M 2 Front lamp switch F-9 F32 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(30A) K-1 PRS DT 2 Pre-lubrication connector AB-8
25 DT 2 Rotary lamp I-9 F3T DT 2 Transmission 3rd clutch ECMV (Fill switch) AM-2 PRT DT-A 12 Intermediate connector Q-2
26 M 2 Rotary lamp switch F-9 F96 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(105A) K-1 PRT2 DT 4 Intermediate connector AH-8
81 KES1 2 Room lamp E-9 FAC DT 2 Fan pump AL-2 PT1 DT 3 Pitch angle sensor A-8
217 DT 2 Caution buzzer R-1 FAN1 — 3 Fan clean mode switch Q-5 PWR DTHD 1 Main power X-2
223 DT Intermediate connector K-3 FAN2 — 4 Fan reverse mode switch (If equipped) Q-5 RDG DT-A 12 Intermediate connector B-7
225 DT 2 Rear lamp LH K-3 FAR DT 2 Fan reverse solenoid B-2 RES DT 2 Pull up resister AF-9
226 DT Ripper lamp J-3 FD1 24-31 31 Intermediate connector Y-2 RHT Terminal 1 Ribbon heater AC-9
241 DT-A 12 Intermediate connector AI-7 FD5 DT 6 Intermediate connector W-1 RPD DT 2 Ripper down switch(SSC specification) T-8
242 DT 2 Work lamp RH C-7 FFT DT 2 Transmission F clutch ECMV (Fill switch) AN-1 RPNL — 2 Resister AK-9
245 DT 3 Intermediate connector I-9 FLB DT 2 Brake ECMV LH (Fill switch) AM-8 RPU DT 2 Ripper up switch(SSC specification) U-8
250 Terminal 1 Starting switch terminal B P-5 FLC DT 2 Clutch ECMV LH (Fill switch) AL-8 RSD DT 2 Diode —
255 Terminal 1 Starting switch terminal R1 P-4 FLV DT 2 Fuel gauge J-9 RTI DT 2 Ripper tilt in switch(SSC specification) T-8
260 Terminal 1 Starting switch terminal BR O-4 FRB DT 2 Brake ECMV RH (Fill switch) AN-7 RWL — 4 Rear work lamp switch Q-4
262 DT 2 Horn switch S-7 FRC DT 2 Clutch ECMV RH (Fill switch) AK-7 S01 AMP040 12 Machine monitor R-7
263 DT 2 Pin puller switch T-8 FRT DT 2 Transmission R clutch ECMV (Fill switch) AN-2 S02 M 2 Machine monitor Q-6
265 Terminal 1 Horn switch S-7 FS11 — 5 Fuse box AA-9 S03 AMP070 20 Machine monitor R-7
266 Terminal 1 Horn switch S-7 FS12 — 5 Fuse box AA-9 S04 AMP070 12 Machine monitor R-6
270 Terminal 1 Starting switch terminal ACC O-5 FS21 — 5 Fuse box AB-9 S1T DT 2 Transmission 1st clutch ECMV (Solenoid) AL-1
280 Terminal 1 Starting switch terminal C O-5 FS22 — 5 Fuse box AB-9 S24 — — Service switch R-1
360 DT 6 Washer motor L-2 FS31 — 5 Fuse box AB-8 S2T DT 2 Transmission 2nd clutch ECMV (Solenoid) AM-1
369 DT 6 Washer motor L-2 FS32 — 5 Fuse box AB-8 S3T DT 2 Transmission 3rd clutch ECMV (Solenoid) AM-2
406 DT 2 HSS charge pressure sensor D-8 FSB 24-31 31 Intermediate connector U-1 SDS DT 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor D-8
453 DT 2 Torque converter oil Temperature sensor AL-3 FTU — 4 Pivot turn switch Q-5 SFT DT 2 Transmission F clutch ECMV (Solenoid) AM-1
800 Plug 1 Input terminal W-1 FWL — 4 Front work lamp switch Q-4 SFTD — 3 Shift down switch Y-5
connector
G SUMITOMO 3 Bkup sensor AE-5 SFTU — 3 Shift up switch Y-5
801 Plug 1 Input terminal W-1
connector GND08 Terminal 1 Ground(Guard) (If equipped) — SLB DT 2 Brake ECMV LH (Solenoid) AM-7
Plug GND1 Terminal 1 Ground(Floor) Y-3 SLC DT 2 Clutch ECMV LH (Solenoid) AL-8
810 1 Input terminal —
connector GND1 Terminal 1 Ground — SM1 SHINAGAWA 5 Connector for relay —
811 Plug 1 Input terminal — GND11 Terminal 1 Ground(Engine) AF-6 SRB DT 2 Brake ECMV RH (Solenoid) AM-7
connector
GND2 Terminal 1 Ground(Floor) Y-3 SRC DT 2 Clutch ECMV RH (Solenoid) AL-7
12S1 YAZAKI 2 12V Soket1 Y-7
GND2 Terminal 1 Ground — SRT DT 2 Transmission R clutch ECMV (Solenoid) AM-2
12S2 YAZAKI 2 12V Soket2 Y-7
GND3 Terminal 1 Ground Y-3 SRV DT-A 12 Service connector S-1
12V DT 3 12V Power supply terminal V-1
GND3 Terminal 1 Ground(ROPS) — SSA DT 4 Acceleration sensor(SSC specification) A-8
12VS DT 3 12V Power supply J-9
GND5 Terminal 1 Ground(Fender) J-9 ST DT 2 Starting motor terminal R,S AG-1
A/C1 DT 2 Intermediate connector AH-8
GND6 Terminal 1 Ground(Floor) — ST/B Terminal 1 Starting motor terminal B AG-1
A/C2 DT 2 Air conditioner compressor AE-6
GND7 Terminal 1 Ground(Dash board) Q-3 ST8 DT 2 Sudden stop prevent valve AM-8
ACT Relay 5 ACC cut relay Z-7
GND9 Terminal 1 Ground(Fender) — STCN1 DRC26 24 steering controller Y-5
ADH — 4 Heater switch Q-4
H01 Plug 1 Intermediate connector U-9 STCN2 DRC26 40 steering controller Y-7
AF1 DT 2 Air cleaner crogged switch B-7 connector
STCN3 DRC26 40 steering controller X-8
AL/B Terminal 1 Alternator terminal B AH-1 Plug
H02 1 Intermediate connector V-9 STF X 4 Boot program X-8
AL/R Terminal 1 Alternator terminal R AH-2 connector
HDT DT 2 Diode — SW Terminal 1 Battery relay(Coil signal terminal) B-8
AL1 DT 2 Front lamp LH —
HHP DT 2 Work equipment hydraulic pressure sensor C-8 SX8 Terminal 1 Ground(Fender) L-1
AL2 DT 2 Front lamp RH —
HRN Terminal 1 Horn C-2 T0F DT 2 Intermediate connector O-9
AL3 DT 2 Front lamp L.R —
HT Terminal 1 Heater relay(Terminal C) B-9 T0M DT 2 Intermediate connector O-9
AL4 DT 2 Front lamp R.R —
HT/A Terminal 1 Heater relay(Terminal A) B-9 T1F DT 2 Intermediate connector P-7
AL5 DT 2 Rear lamp LH —
HT/B Terminal 1 Heater relay(Terminal B) AG-9 T1M DT 2 Intermediate connector P-7
AL6 DT 2 Rear lamp RH —
INJ DT 12 Intermediate connector AF-6 TFUEL PACKARD 2 Fuel temperature sensor AF-9
ASD — 4 Auto shift down switch Q-5
J1939 DT 3 Service connector AE-9 TIM PACKARD 2 Boost temperature sensor AF-9
ASUS DT 2 Service connector(for suspention seat) X-8
JM01 — 3 Junction wiring harness — TL1 24-23 23 Intermediate connector U-1
B105HL Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(105A) J-1
JM02 — 3 Junction wiring harness — TL2 DT-B 8 Steering/directional/gearshift lever Y-4
B105HS Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(105A) J-2
JM03 — 2 Junction wiring harness — TL3 DT 6 Intermediate connector Y-4
B105S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(105A) J-2
JM04 — 2 Junction wiring harness — TM1 DT 2 Bevel revolution sensor AN-6
B30S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(30A) K-2
JM05 — 1 Junction wiring harness — TMCN1 DRC26 24 Transmisson controller W-8
B7L Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(30A) K-1
JM06 — 1 Junction wiring harness — TMCN2 DRC26 40 Transmisson controller W-9
B7S Terminal 1 Circuit breaker(30A) J-2
JM07 — 2 Junction wiring harness — TMCN3 DRC26 40 Transmisson controller V-9
BKA Relay 5 Back alarm relay Z-8
JM08 — 4 Junction wiring harness — TMF X 4 Boot program W-8
BKAL DT 2 Back alarm J-9
KEY DT 6 Starting switch Q-6 TMV 24-23 23 Intermediate connector AN-2
BRB Terminal 1 Battery relay(Contact input terminal) B-9
KOM1 DRC26-40 40 KOMTRAX controller Q-7 TWTR PACKARD 2 Water temperature sensor AF-1
BRC Terminal 1 Battery relay(Contact output terminal) B-9
KOM2 — 1 KOMTRAX controller Q-7 USB DTHD 1 Unswitched power W-1
BRE Terminal 1 Battery relay(Coil ground terminal) C-8
KOM3 — 1 KOMTRAX controller Q-8 WLV DT 2 Coolant level sensor A-4
BRK DT 3 Brake pedal T-1
KOM4 — 1 GPS Antenna — WNBL YAZAKI 3 Pitch sellect switch —
BUZ — 3 Buzzer cancel switch Q-6
KOM5 — 1 Orbcomm Antenna — WNBU YAZAKI 3 Dual tilt sellect switch —
CA1 DT 3 CAN Terminal resistance AH-7
CAN DT-A 12 Intermediate connector P-9 LHD DT 2 Intermediate connector A-5
CB2 — 1 Circuit breaker(20A) Z-9 LHDL1 DT 2 Additional front lamp LH (If equipped) —
CB3 — 1 Circuit breaker(20A) Z-9 LHDL2 DT 2 Additional front lamp LH (If equipped) —
CB5 — 1 Circuit breaker(20A) Z-8 LHDR1 DT 2 Additional front lamp RH (If equipped) —
CB6 — 1 Circuit breaker(20A) Z-8 LHDR2 DT 2 Additional front lamp RH (If equipped) —
CUR — 3 Cursor switch Q-5 NSF Relay 5 Neutral safty relay Z-7
SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 33
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02181-01
D275A-5R 35
SEN02181-01 90 Diagrams and drawings
D275A-5R Bulldozer
Form No. SEN02181-01
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 06-07 (02)
36 D275A-5R